Search results

(21 - 40 of 67)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation based on it. Prerequisites: Effective Writing Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Music 22 Re-Visions: Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- ) ENG 249-49026 Instructor: Douglas E. Green Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers? Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages? This course will encourage students to assess the current state of British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns, and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson, Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam. Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-49029 Instructor: John Mitchell Feature films, ranging from Wall, will also be examined Students will be rebased upon Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) Time: II Room: Science 123 I 'I ' I French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-49030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Speech Time: II Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction to Yiddish GER 220-49076 Instructor: Don Steinmek What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Physical Education IITheonj, Technique and Administrative Aspects of Coaching Football 7 .L -1 1 x 1 L ' HPE 224-49035 I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the ethics of coaching football. This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and workshops. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I Room: Murphy Square 4 IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-49032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 41G49033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Murphy Square 2 Sailing in the Virgin Islands " h i HPE 45S-49034 / - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will function as an active crew member. - Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/Ngrading only. The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports II Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-49036 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 II Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-49037 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice coaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-49038 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays. Room: Melby 202 His tory Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality HIS 220-49039 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the &&18th m N r y and tLun of 2Olh century. The Chinese, la-, K~xemandFill e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt r on the changesin the U.S. Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: Old Main 13 p 8L Gandhi and Martin Luther King: The Images and the Reality HIS 440-49040 Instructor: Don Gustafson ies of our century, in- Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college history or political science course. Time: I1 Room: Foss Seminar In terdisciplinavy -FXE The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the entire college community. Measuring the Elusive Ideal: Realized and Unrealized Dreams INS 189-49041 Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari, Bruce Reichenbach What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems persist in America? Why do so many families have such different expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign countries dislike America? In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned. Students will participate in the course through assigned readings, analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help students integrate various aspects of the learning experience. Prerequisites: Freshman status Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Science 123 The Redemocratization Process in South America INS 219-49074 Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg. In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special case study of retarded transformation. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 299-49042 Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/ log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis. Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December 9. Time: 11 Room: Murphy Square 2 ~ ~ c o n o m i cthe s , Environment and Appropriate Technology INS 218-49043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our use of the environment in technological and economic develop ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Mathematics r( Finite Mathematics MAT 121-49044 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111 Time: I Room: Science 112 Math of Interest MAT 173-49045 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Music willi Improvisation in Music MUS 129-49048 Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen every day for three hours, and each Improvisation i usic m meetings, using a variety of imstudent provisational t W es and styles. Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or instructor's p Distribution: Music Time: I Room: Music 4 '1 n Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS179-49047 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles. The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounte concert p d o and visits to marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/NP basis only. The History of Jazz MUS 241-49049 Instructor: David Hawley The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure. America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the nature of our but has also been the throughout the world. This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom. The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of reading assignments will and selected filmsand video two written and listening exams. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 2 NOR 111-49050 background in Nonvesin speaking, listening, Classroom practice d structures and the . Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy On Dreams PHI 200-49051 Instructor: Mark Fue some an- assignments. Evaluation will be traditional. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Phusics J Introduction to Weather PHY 106-49052 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 28. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library I Introduction t o Space Science PHY 320-49053 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor. Time: I Room: Science 205 Pol it Science n numerous other ete conclusions You will be required to read presidency, write analytical the more you should try to read. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Music 24 E Politics,~ollywoodstyle POL 328-49075 Instructor: William Morris This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs. Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-49055 Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d i~rid app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch al nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions. l 'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Ro-om: Old Maih 16 Psychology The Psychology of Law PSY 335-49056 Instructor: Nancy Steblay Evaluation will participation, student research Re1igion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-49057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by ment and cultural Lcct LI r c and class discussion ss to the Gospel in art, will deal with cx music, missions, theology. Requireper. One text costing ments will inclu ascd in class on the second erim course may be used to meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s ) , Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-49058 onal African culture will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section ses of churches in South Africa to t will be lectures luated on several toward graduation religion requirements) Time: 11 Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-49059 anguage in the Bible. The character of language for es will be based on class an examination. course may be used Social Work C( Exploring Human Services SWK 257-49060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives sWK330-4906<1 Instructor: Maria rown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes? Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in current policy-making and program delivery in family violence. One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on area of interest in family violence. Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-49061 7y!-!L / - I Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/ NP basis. The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. 7 Field Work III SWK 466-49064 (full course) 466-49065 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis on thd ~ e a l t h Care ~ i i t e m ) SOC 121-49071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Time: II Room: Music 24 Racial and Minority Group Relations om of racial and minority group ejudice, racism, and format will include for off-campus parexpect evaluation to n, a research project, nly on a P/N basis. Time: I Room: Music 23 ! Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-49067 The objective of th tal literature Student evaluation will pation in class discuss continenIt will involve reports, partici- Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater SPC 226-49068 etc. Students wil nd styles of movewill be to increase the gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as aspects of movement a1 expression, gesture, walking, rent styles of movement, from c. Movement exercises will be Some principles of Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays. Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations. The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as teaching, law, the ministry, etc. Time: II Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-49069 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda POL 398-49072 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-49073 These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. ANCIENT GREECE 1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND I ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE AND CITIES 1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN GREAT BRITAIN 1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY INSIDE IRELAND 1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT CITIES OF EUROPE THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN BRITAIN AND ITALY 1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activity is available to students during Interim and students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-49070 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1968
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: SUMMER SCHOOL AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g Monday, June 24. ( F i r s t - and second-year German courses b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a ...
Show more SUMMER SCHOOL AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL p e r m i t s s t u d e n t s t o e a r n up t o t e n Term C r e d i t s d u r i n g a six-weeks s e s s i o n b e g i n n i n g Monday, June 24. ( F i r s t - and second-year German courses b e g i n one week e a r l i e r , June 17, and conclude l a t e r . ) PERSONS PLANNING t o a t t e n d Summer School a r e a d v i s e d t o a p p l y w e l l i n advance, i f p o s s i b l e , e s p e c i a l l y i f t h e y w i s h t o r e g i s t e r f o r "demand" courses (see page 7 ) . ADDRESS SPECIFIC INQUIRIES t o Dr. M. C . Stenshoel, D i r e c t o r o f Summer School, Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. AUGSBURG COLLEGE AUCSBURG is a four-year liberal arts college in an urban setting. With a 12-block campus in the heart of Minneapolis, it is oriented both physically a nd philosophically toward the pulse and excitement, the problems and opportunities, of contemporary metropolis. INTO THIS URBAN environment Augsburg College brings a century of concern for scholarship, a reputation for great teaching, and a student body committed t o the values of education in a Christian community. FULLY ACCREDITED by the North Central Association and other agencies, Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of The college Arts degree in 29 major fields of study. is associated with The American Lutheran Church. IN MINNEAPOLIS THE METROPOLITAN area of Minneapolis-St. Paul provides Augsburg students the stimulation and challenge that is urban America today. The City provides a laboratory for social and political inquiry. It is focal point for the cultural explosion in art, drama, and music. It provides innumerable opportunities in sports and recreation. In short, the City adds a unique and significant dimension to the Augsburg educational experience. THE WORLD-FAMED TYRONE GUTHRIE Theater, the pennantchasing Minnesota Twins, the Summer Symphony, the Minneapolis Institute and the Walker Art Center these are but the beginning of opportunities for the student attending Augsburg Summer School. CLASSES: STUDENTS INTENDING t o t a k e c o u r s e s o n b o t h campuses should plan t h e i r schedules t o allow about 20 minutes' commuting t i m e b e t w e e n campuses. W h i l e s t u d e n t s a r e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e i r own t r a n s p o r t a t i o n , t h e Summer S c h o o l w i l l a s s i s t i n t h e making o f commuting a r r a n g e m e n t s when n e c e s s a r y . MORNING MOST COURSES a r e s c h e d u l e d f o r t h e m o r n i n g h o u r s Monday t h r o u g h F r i d a y , Four-credit c o u r s e s meet f o r p e r i o d s o f 65 m i n u t e s , f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e s f o r 8 0 minu t e s . S e m i n a r s and I n d e p e n d e n t S t u d y c o u r s e s w i l l m e e t a t t i m e s m u t u a l l y a g r e e d upon by s t u d e n t s and i n s t r u c tors. EVENING TO ACCOMMODATE s t u d e n t s whose summer employment p r e c l u d e s morning c l a s s e s , and t o i n c r e a s e f l e x i b i l i t y o f scheduling, s e v e r a l courses w i l l be taught during the evening hours. M e e t i n g t w i c e a week (Monday and Wedn e s d a y , o r T u e s d a y and T h u r s d a y ) , e v e n i n g c l a s s e s w i l l r u n from s e v e n t o t e n o ' c l o c k , w i t h a 1 5 - m i n u t e b r e a k . For s p e c i f i c l i s t i n g s , c o n s u l t t h e schedule. Eligibility PERSONS I N good s t a n d i n g a t r e g i o n a l l y a c c r e d i t e d c o l l e g e s and u n i v e r s i t i e s , a s w e l l a s g r a d u a t e s o f s u c h i n s t i t u t i o n s , a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Augsburg Summer School. "Good s t a n d i n g " i m p l i e s t h a t t h e s t u d e n t h a s b e e n a d m i t t e d t o a c o l l e g e and h a s n o t s u b s e q u e n t l y b e e n d r o p p e d by t h a t i n s t i t u t i o n . I N ST. PAUL ACCEPTANCE a s a summer s t u d e n t d o e s n o t i m p l y a d m i s s i o n a s a r e g u l a r s t u d e n t o f Augsburg C o l l e g e ; p e r s o n s w i s h i n g t o c o m p l e t e a d e g r e e program a t t h e c o l l e g e s h o u l d apply f o r admission through t h e O f f i c e of Admissions. TO INCREASE c o u r s e o f f e r i n g s a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s , Augsburg C o l l e g e i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h C o n c o r d i a C o l l e g e , S t u d e n t s may S t . P a u l , i n i t s Summer S c h o o l program. r e g i s t e r f o r c o u r s e s t a u g h t o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus, a s w e l l a s f o r t h o s e o f f e r e d a t Augsburg, u s i n g 3 s i n g l e form. For s t u d e n t s t a k i n g advantage of t h i s opportun i t y , t u i t i o n and f e e s a r e p a y a b l e t o Augsburg, and a l l g r a d e s and c r e d i t s w i l l b e e n t e r e d d i r e c t l y upon t h e i r Augsburg t r a n s c r i p t s . 4 COURSES TAUGHT o n t h e C o n c o r d i a campus a r e d e s i g n a t e d i n t h e accompanying s c h e d u l e by t h e u s e o f i t a l i c s . W h i l e most o f t h e C o n c o r d i a o f f e r i n g s c a r r y a v a l u e o f t h r e e c r e d i t s , some ( i d e n t i f i e d b y a c r e d i t v a l u e o f 1@3-411) may b e t a k e n f o r e i t h e r t h r e e o r f o u r c r e d i t s ; s t u d e n t s e l e c t i n g t o take such courses f o r f o u r c r e d i t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e a s s o c i a t e d work i n i n d e pendent study under t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r of the course. STUDENTS ADMITTED t o Augsburg C o l l e g e f o r t h e F a l l Term o f 1968 a r e e l i g i b l e t o a t t e n d Summer S c h o o l , a s a r e p e r s o n s a d m i t t e d by o t h e r c o l l e g e s f o r t h e F a l l t e r m . STUDENTS OF OTHER i n s t i t u t i o n s a r e r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l w i t h a s t a t e m e n t from a n a p p r o p r i a t e o f f i c i a l ( e . g . , R e g i s t r a r o r Dean) o f h i s c o l l e g e t h a t h e i s i n good s t a n d i n g and e l i g i b l e t o e a r n c r e d i t s i n t h e summer s e s s i o n . C r e d i t s earned a t Augsburg w i l l b e t r a n s f e r r e d o n l y i f t h i s r e q u i r e m e n t h a s been f u l f i l l e d . 5 OTHER PERSONS w i s h i n g t o t a k e summer s c h o o l work s h o u l d c o n t a c t t h e D i r e c t o r o f Summer S c h o o l t o a s c e r t a i n e l i g i b i l i t y under s p e c i a l circumstances. I I I I I Tuition FULL SUMMER TUITION for not more than 1 0 credits is $220. For a single four-credit course, tuition is $115; for a five-credit course, $140. For fewer than four credits, the charge is $30 per credit. In some cases, such as private lessons i n applied music, special additional fees are charged. A Registration Fee o f $5 is added for registrations completed later than June 15. A TUITION DEPOSIT of $25 is required at t h e time of registration f o r students taking six or more credits. For five credits or less the required deposit is $15. Checks should be made out to "Augsburg College". The tuition deposit i s refundable only if the courses selected, including alternate choices, should be withdrawn because of inadequate demand. Housing DORMITORY HOUSING for unmarried students is available at a charge of $40 for the six-week session. Cottage housing, with cooking privileges, is available for the same period for $50. Occupancy is from June 2 3 to August3. Those rlesiring housing for an additional period will be charged at the rate of $1.00 per day for dormitory housing,or $1.35 per day for cottage housing. STUDENTS WILL PROVIDE their own pillows, blankets, and bed linens. Course Information COURSE VALUES at Augsburg College are measured in Term Credits. The number of credits assigned normally corresponds to the number of 50-minute periods the course meets each week during a ten-week term o f the regular academic year. Term Credits are directly interchangeable with Quarter Credits. AUGSBURG COURSES numbered 50 and above are considered upper-division offerings and are intended primarily for juniors and seniors. (Concordia offerings numbered 300 and above may be considered upper division.) INDEPENDENT STUDY courses are available in a number of departments and carry upper division credit, thus permitting qualified students to earn such credit when regular upper-division classes are not available. Work in Independent Study is to be done under the direction of a specific faculty member who will serve as guide and evaluator. Before registering for Independent Study a student should obtain the approvalof the responsible department and faculty member; approval forms are available from the Summer School Office. COURSES MARKED with a n asterisk (*) are offered subject to adequate demand. When registering f o r such a course, a student should, if possible, list other courses as alternate choices. Courses without the asterisk are definitely scheduled a n d are, therefore, particularly appropriate as alternates. A ROOM DEPOSIT OF $10 should accompany the applications of students intending to live in college housing. FAMILY ACCOMMODATIONS may be available. Persons interested should communicate directly with Mr. Richard Berg, Business Manager, Augsburg College. Board 6 CAMPUS FACILITIES for meals include a coffee shopsand automated services. A regular board plan will n o t be in operation during the summer session. Resident students wishing to prepare their own meals should arrange for cottage housing. ART ART 1 . INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS. 4 Cr. Historical and topical studies. Participation in the cultural life of the community, leading toward appreciation and criticism. 7-10 p.m., Mondays and Wednesdays. M r . Thompson. & ART: STUDIO COURSES.* 4 C r . Select not Art 7, more than one of the following: Drawing; 18, P a i n t i n g I ; 21, S c u l p t u r e I; 78, S c u l p t u r e 11; 50, Ceramics I; 51, Ceramics 11. 7:30-10:05 a.m. M r . H o l e n . BIOLOGY BIOLOGY 1 .* EINCIP_LES OF BIOLOGY. 5 C r . b a s i c c o l l e g e course i n biology, not i n t e n d e d f o r majors i n b i o l o g y . $ 5 - l a b o r 8:45-10:05 a.m. M r . U r d a h l . atory fee. COMPUTER SCI ENCE COMPUTER SCIENCE 45.* INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 C r . T h e o r y m o d e r n A p a r t i c u l a r computer d i g i t a l computers. language i s i n t r o d u c e d . Includes a survey o f computer a p p l i c a t i o n s , p r o b l e m s . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays, T h u r s d a y s . M r . S t e r n . ECONOMICS ECONOMICS 22.* PPINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I. 4 Cr. An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o l l e g e c o u r s e i n economics. 7-10 p.m., Mondays, Wednesd a y s . Mr. S a b e l l a . EDUCATION G ER MAN II GREEK, I PSYCHOLOGY OF LEARNING. EDUCATION C-416. 3 Ch. An e d u c a t i o n a l psychology c o u r s e : motivation; r a t e s of learning, f o r g e t t i n g ; communicati.ng a t t i t u d e s , s k i l l s , unders t a n d i n g ; r e a s o n i n g and problem s o l v i n g . ST. PAUL: 10:55-11:50 a.m. M r . Heideman. EDUCATION 8 9 . THE TEACHING OF FOREIGN LANGUAGE TO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PUPILS. 5ParC r e d i t Workshop, June 2 4 - J u l v 26. t i c i p a n t s w i l l t e a c h German oE French t o area children. For more i n f o r m a t i o n , s e e V i s i t i n g P r o f e s s o r : M r . Edener. p. 12. ENGLISH ENGLISH 91. SEMINAR on a m a j o r American T h i s summer's o r B r i t i s h w r i t e r . 3 Cr. seminar w i l l consider M e l v i l l e . Evenings, as a r r a n g e d . Mr. N i c h o l l . A L AT I N HISTOR ENGLISH 1 1 . COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE. 4 C r . An i n t r o d u c t o r y Freshman c o u r s e . Two s e c t i o n s : 7:30-8:35 o r 8:45-9:55 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m , Mr. N i c h o l l , I I ENGLISH 99. C r . See p. INDEPENDENT - STUDY. Variable 7. Mr. B e r q s t r o m , &. N i c h o l l . GERMAN B-131-132. BEGINNING GERMAN I , 11. 9 : m i s compliii f i r s f - y e a r c o l l e g e German c o u r s e i s n i n e weeks i n l e n g t h , from J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 1 6 . ,* ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 and 10:55-11:25 a.m. Mr. Engel h a r d t . a. GERMAN 3 - 4 . SECOND YEAR COLLEGE GERMAN. Note: T h i s complete s e c o n d - y e a r 8 Cr. c o u r s e meets 8 weeks, J u n e 17 t o August 9 . 8:45-10:05 10:45-11:55. Mrs. B a l t i n a . CLASSICAL LANGUAGES 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. V a r i a b l e C r See p 7. M r . C o l a t c i . HISTORY A-331. U. S. H I S T O R Y . 3-4 Ch. The p e r i o d from t h e American R e v o l u t i o n t h r o u g h p o s t - C i v i l War R e c o n s t r u c t i o n i s s t u d i e d . I f taken f o r f o u r c r e d i t s , an a d d i t i o n a l p r o j e c t i s r e q u i r e d . ST. PAUL: 9:30-10:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g . 19th C_EflURY EUROPE. 3-4 HISTORY A-353. P o l i t i c a l , .$decs$ogical, economic, and 7:30s o c i a l developments. - ST.. PAUL: 8:25 a.m. Mr. B a r t l i n g . Ch. ENGLISH 45.* MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Works o f s e l e c t e d w r i t e r s from ColoCr. n i a l times t o t h e p r e s e n t ; t h e i r contribut i o n s t o t h e development o f American l i t erature. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. B e r g s t r o m . ENGLISH 8-364. MASTERS OE E N G L I S H L Z T ERATURE. 3 C h . Major a u t h o r s , i n c l u d i n g , among o t h e r s , Chaucer, S h a k e s p e a r e , S w i f t . M i l t o n , C a r l y l e , Shaw, ~ e a t s ; and ~ l i o t ; ST. PAUL: 8:30-9:25 a.m. Mr. Lange. .m. HISTORY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. C r . See p . 7 . Mr. C h r i s l o c k . 9 MUSI Variable *- MUSIC 1.* THEORY I. 4 C r . P r i n c i p l e s of n o t a t i o n , major and minor s c a l e s ; interv a l s , t r i a d s , ' rhythms -- t h e i r a p p l i c a t i o n i n w r i t t e n e x e r c i s e s . Aural s k i l l s , s i g h t reading, dictation, part-singing. A fundamental c o u r s e f o r music s t u d e n t s . Prer e q u i s i t e : Passing a theory entrance t e s t . 10:45-12:05. Mr. Johnson. RELIGION I RELIGION A-202. HZ$TOR,Y AND LITERATURE OF T - ~ - N & W . T E ~ T ~ A ~EU-~ ~ ~ J + the kQy T e s t a m e n t , i n c l u d i n g t h e l i f e and t e a c h i n g s o f J e s u s , t h e e s t a b l i s h m e n t and growth o f t h e c h u r c h . ST. PAUL: 11:5512:45. Mr. Sohn. APPLIED MUSIC. P r i v a t e i n s t r u c t i o n may b e a v a i l a b l e i n v o i c e ; s t r i n g , keyboard, and wind i n s t r u m e n t s . 1 C r . f o r 10 l e s s o n s . Note: An a d d i t i o n a l c h a r g e o f $40 i s made f o r e a c h 10-lesson s e r i e s . For informat i o n c o n t a c t t h e Department o f Music. RELIGION A-404. LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL WRITINGS. 3 Ch. A n a T y s i s - o f p o r t i o n s o f t h e Book o f Concord i n h i s t o r i c a l p e r s p e c tive. ST. PAUL: 11:55 a.m.-12:45 p.m. Mr. R u d n i c k . PHILOSOPHY 21. PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY. Introduction t o t h e nature, n i ~ r ~ s . 4 Cr. c e n t r a l problems, and t e r m i n o l o g y o f p h i losophy. 7:30-8:35 a.m. Mr. S a n d i n . RELIGION 8 2 . CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY. 4 C r . Trends o f Roman C a t h o l i c t h e o l o g y and r e l a t i o n o f t h e o l o g i c a l and b i b l i c a l i n s i g h t s t o t h e dogmatic d e f i n i t i o n s o f t h e c h u r c h . 7-10 p.m., Tuesdays, Thursdays. Mr. C o l a c c i . . \ PHILOSOPHY PHILOSOPHY 9 9 . INDEPENDENT STUDY. b l e C r . See p . 7. M r . S a n d i n . VariaI PHYSICS POLITICAL SCIENCE 4 Cr. The s o l a r PHYSICS 1. ASTRONOMY. system, s t a r s , g a l a x i e s . The u s e o f o p t i c a l i n s t r u m e n t s ; v i e w i n g w i t h a 12" 7-10 p.m., Tuesr e f l e c t i n g telescope. days, T h u r s d a y s . Mr. Hanwick. SOCIOLOGY I SOCIOLOGY 57. SUMMER WORK I N CORRECTIONS Note: T h i s i s AND.-SOCIAL SERVICE. 5 Cr. a s p e c i a l summer program n o t i n t e g r a t e d w i t h o t h e r Summer School o f f e r i n g s . F o r information w r i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson, Auqsburg C o l l e g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY InterdisciI N MODERN METROPOLIS. 5 C r . p l i n a r y s t u d y , p o l i t i c a l and s o c i o l o g i c a l , b f t h e changing- i n s t i t u t i o n s and p r o c e s s e s o f community and government i n t h e contemporary u r b a n s e t t i n g . C l a s s e s meet o f f campus. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Mr. T o r s t e n s o n . I ' POLITICAL SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. V a r i a b l e Cr. See p . 7 . Mr. Stenshoel. PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY 5.* W R A L PSYCHOLOGY. 5 C r . The b a s i c p r o c e s s e s u n d e r l y i n g b e h a v i o r . ~ x a m i n a t i o n o f t h e p r i n c i p l e s , methods, and a r e a s o f s p e c i a l i z a t i o n i n p s y c h o l o g y . 10:45-12:05. M r s . Andereqq, PSYCHOLOGY 99. b l e Cr. See INDEPENDELIT STUDY. V a r i a M r s . Anderegg. p. 7. SOCIOLOGY A-221. PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. 3-4 Ch. An i n t r o d u c t o r y c o u r s e emphasizi n g human group l i f e and man's s o c i a l environment. ST.PAUL: 8:30-9:25 a.m. Mr. Dannehl. SOCIOLOGY 61 .* INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTIC_S. 5 C r . M e t l i o X s - i T c o l l e c t i n g , comparing, and i n t e r p r e t i n g d a t a i n t h e s o c i a l s c i e n c e s . Graphs, t a b l e s , measures of c e n t r a l t e n d e n c y ; t h e t e s t i n g o f hypot h e s e s . 10:45-12:05. Mr. F!ordl i e . SOCIOLOGY 92. POWER AND COMMUNITY I N MODERN METROPOLIS; 5 Cr. (See P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e 92 . ) 8:45-10:05. Mr. ~ o r s t e ' s o n . 11 SPEECH 11. BEGINNING SPEECH. 4 Cr. B a s i c problems o f k f f e c t i v e s p e a k i n g and c r i t i c a l l i s t e n i n g . 8:45-10:05. M i s s C o l e . 'G *.. Associated Programs THIS FIVE-WEEK WORKSHOP ( E d u c a t i o n 89) i s o f f e r e d through t h e c o o p e r a t i o n of f i v e Twin C i t y c o l l e g e s : Augsburg, Haml i n e , M a c a l e s t e r , S t . C a t h e r i n e and S t . Thomas. Dates a r e June 24 t h r o u g h J u l y 26. Guided by D r . W i l f r i e d Edener, a s p e c i a l i s t from Germany now s e r v i n g a s F o r e i g n Language C o n s u l t a n t t o t h e f i v e i n s t i t u t i o n s , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l work w i t h f i f t h - and s i x t h - g r a d e r s , i n t r o d u c i n g them t o e i t h e r German o r French over a four-week p e r i o d . CARRYING a f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e v a l u e , t h e Workshop i s open t o t e a c h e r s now i n s e r v i c e , a s w e l l a s t o u n d e r g r a d u a t e s competent i n e i t h e r language. T u i t i o n i s $100. Because t h e number of p a r t i c i p a n t s i s l i m i t e d , p e r s o n s p l a n n i n g t o a t t e n d should submit a p p l i c a t i o n s t o Augsburg Summer School a s soon a s p o s s i b l e , s p e c i f y i n g t h e p r e f e r r e d language. SUMMER SCHOOL APPLICATION PLEASE PRINT LEGIBLY OR TYPEWRITE. M a i l completed form, t o g e t h e r w i t h r e q u i r e d d e p o s i t s ( s e e page 6 ) , t o Summer S c h o o l , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404. L a s t , F i r s t , Middle BORN: 19 ., ADDRESS : PRESENT C ig - - - . -- - _ -- EDUCATIONAL STATUS: STIPENDS c o v e r i n g b o a r d , room and c o l l e g e t u i t i o n a r e a v a i l a b l e f o r s t u d e n t s who a r e a c c e p t e d . Majors i n A r t , E d u c a t i o n , Music, N u r s i n g , P o l i t i c a l ( o r S o c i a l ) S c i e n c e a r e e s p e c i a l l y encouraged t o a p p l y ; p r e f e r e n c e i s g i v e n upper-classmen. R e q u e s t s f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms should be d i r e c t e d t o : Youth D i v i s i o n , The American L u t h e r a n Church, 422 South F i f t h S t r e e t , M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55414. I n c l u d e your name, a d d r e s s , and z i p code. 2. - - -. \ Female .State . - MARRIED? - - - - .. -- . --- Zip - .- S t a t e -_ - .. - -. Zip - - -- - - - H i g h e s t l e v e l o f e d u c a t i o n completed a s o f J u n e , 1968: - High School g r a d u a t e - Freshman y e a r of c o l l e g e - Sophomore y e a r o f c o l l e g e - Junior - Senior - Other: year of c o l l e g e y e a r of c o l l e g e Are you now working toward a c o l l e g e o r u n i v e r s i t y d e g r e e ? - Yes - No THIS PROGRAM combines i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y and a p a i d work experience i n s o c i a l s e r v i c e f o r undergraduate s t u d e n t s . A p p l i c a n t s need n o t be s t u d e n t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e . Since t h e number of o p e n i n g s i s l i m i t e d , e a r l y a p p l i c a t i o n s a r e suggested. For i n f o r m a t i o n w r i t e Chairman, Department of S o c i o l o g y , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n n e a p o l i s , Minnesota 55404. Male Street TWENTY STUDENTS from a l l p a r t s of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e i n a u n i q u e e d u c a t i o n a l e x p e r i e n c e a s members of a " l i v e - i n " g r o u p , spending e i g h t wesks ( J u n e 17 t h r o u g h August 9) i n t h e North S i d e c r i s i s a r e a of M i n n e a p o l i s . Earning academic c r e d i t s a t Augsburg C o l l e g e , p a r t i c i p a n t s w i l l pursue i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d i e s , a s w e l l a s t h e f i v e - c r e d i t c o u r s e , S o c i o l o g y ( o r P o l i t i c a l S c i e n c e ) 92: See page 10. 1. - Street PERMANENT ADDRESS: CiRjr 12 SEX: ( I f "yes", p l e a s e complete i t e m s a , b , and c , below.) a. At what c o l l e g e ? b. What d e g r e e do you e x p e c t t o e a r n ? c,. W i l l you want c r e d i t s e a r n e d a t Augsburg C o l l e g e No t r a n s f e r r e d t o t h i s c o l l e g e ? - Yes ( I f "no", p l e a s e u s e t h e s p a c e below t o b r i e f l y your e d u c a t i o n a l p l a n s and g o a l s . ) - indicate . ES. From t h e l i s t e d c o u r s e s on pages 7-11, p l e a s e e n t e r t h o s e which c o n s t i t u t e f i r s t c h o i c e f o r y o u r Summer School program. T o t a l c r e d i t s may n o t exceed t e n . I T o t a l Number o f C r e d i t s : ALTERNATES. HOUSING. P l e a s e l i s t below o t h e r c o u r s e s you a r e w i l l i n g t o s u b s t i t u t e , s h o u l d l a c k o f demand r e q u i r e c a n c e l l a t i o n o f a c o u r s e l i s t e d above. Do you wish t o r e s e r v e c o l l e g e h o u s i n g ? Yes ( I f "yes", specify: (See - Dormitory page 6.) - Cottage) - No DEPOSIT. I e n c l o s e a check o r money o r d e r , payable C o l l e g e , i n t h e amount o f $ a s follows: - , to to Augsburg be c r e d i t e d Tuition Deposit, $ Housing D e p o s i t , $ I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1968 Augsburg Summer School b u l l e t i n , which I have r e a d and u n d e r s t a n d . e -. Date s.igna-eurt
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1969
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia C...
Show more JULY AUGUST COURSE VALUES a t Augsburg College a r e measured i n Term C r e d i t s , and a r e d i r e c t l y i n t e r changeable w i t h Q u a r t e r C r e d i t s , t h e u n i t used f o r t h e i t a l i c i z e d courses l i s t e d below, which a r e t a u g h t a t Concordia College, St. Paul. Augsburg courses numbered 50 and above a r e intended p r i m a r i l y f o r j u n i o r s and s e n i o r s , as a r e Concordia o f f e r i n g s 300 o r l a r g e r . STUDENTS PLANNING t o t a k e Independent Study courses must o b t a i n p r i o r permission of t h e Approval forms a r e a v a i l a b l e from department and i n s t r u c t o r w i t h whom work i s t o be done. t h e Sumner School O f f i c e . COURSES ARE OFFERED SUBJECT t o adequate demand. Because some may be c a n c e l l e d , students may wish t o l i s t a l t e r n a t e courses when making a p p l i c a t i o n . STUDIO ART and INDEPENDENT STUDY-. Credit may be earned in drawing, painting, composition, printmaking, or art history -CA~,~,P. 7 10 55, 6 7 , 83, 84, . , -, 1 9 7 7 --, 85. 99. Variable credits. First and/or ------ second terms. Thompson. --"Lob" . SUMMER STUDENTS may e a r n up t o t e n t e r m c r e d i t s d u r i n g t h e F i r s t Session ( s i x weeks), and an a d d i t i o n a l f i v e c r e d i t s i n t h e Second Session ( t h r e e weeks). Term c r e d i t s a r e d i r e c t l y interchangqable w i t h quarter c r e d i t s . AUGSBURG i s c o o p e r a t i n g w i t h Concordia C o l l e g e , S t . Paul, i n i t s Summer School program. Because t h e Second Session a t Concordia l a s t s f o u r weeks, s t u d e n t s may r e g i s t e r f o r as many as s i x c r e d i t s i n Second Session courses t a u g h t on t h e S t . Paul campus. TUITION CHARGES depend upon t h e number o f c r e d i t s f o r w h i c h a person i s r e g i s t e r e d , w i t h a d e c r e a s i n g c o s t p e r c r e d i t when t o t a l c r e d i t s a r e i n c r e a s e d . The t a b l e below i n d i c a t e s t o t a l t u i t i o n f o r varying c r e d i t levels.* -- - *persons submitting a p p l i c a t i o n s a n a d d i t i o n a l f e e o f $5.00. some s c i e n c e c o u r s e s . Students s h o u l d c o n s u l t t h e Summer S c h o o l a f t e r May 1 4 w i l l be c h a r g e d Laboratory f e e s a r e added i n taking private music lessons office for rates. A-, EDUCATION 65. METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES. 2 Cr. Includes objectives, principles, and techniques in elementary social studies; unit development. (Prereq.: 55, 56.) Second Term. TTh. 7-10 ~ EDUCATION C-221. BIOLOGY 6. HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 5 Cr. Structure and function of the human body. For non-majors. First and Second Terms. TTh. 7-10 p.m. Mickelberg. CHEMISTRY 5. PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. 6 Cr. Concepts and laws underlying chemistrv: examnles from inoroanic and organic chemistry. For non-malors. Lab fee: $5.00. Flrst Term. 10:35-11:55 a.m. plus two afternoon labs per week. Gyberg. EDUCATION C-357. First Term. St. Paul. TEACHING OF ART. 2 Cr. 10:lO-11-00 a.m. Rickels. EDUCATION C-420. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. 3 Cr. Second Term. 10:5012:05 p.m. Poehler, Otte. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-451. TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC. 2 Cr. Second Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Warnke. St. Paul. EDUCATION C-480. 3 Cr. First Term. St. Paul. COMPUTER SCIENCE 45. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE. 4 Cr. Theory of modern digital computers. A particular computer language is introduced. Includes a survey of computer applications, problems. Second Term. 8-11 a.m. Gulden. ECONOMICS 22. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I. 4 Cr. An introductory college course in economics. 7-10 p.m., MW. Sabella. ECONOMICS 51. INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS. 5 Cr. Theory of demand, of the firm; price and output determination, factor price determination. First Term. MW 7-10 p.m. Sabella. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA; 11:lO a.m.- TION. 3 Cr. First Term. 12:15 p.m. St. Paul. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE. 9:lO-10:00 a.m. Meyer. EDUCATION C-490. TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 9:05-10:ZO a.m. Kaden. St. Paul. ENGLISH 45. MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS. 5 Cr. Works of selected writers from Colonial times to the present; their contrsutions to the development of American literature. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Davis. ENGLISH 52. THE ANTEBELLUM SOUTH: ITS 4 Cr. Thematic HISMRY AND LITERATURE. examinationofpre-Civil War Southern life: for each 10-lesson series. For information contact the Department of Music. PHILOSOPHY 2 1 . PROBLEMS OF PHIWSOPHY. 4 Cr. Introduction to the nature, aims, central problems, and terminology of philosophy. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a. rn. Reichenbach. CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN. 4 CK. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniquenees and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. First Term. 10:35-11:40 a.m. Benson. PERSONS IN good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, as well as graduates of such institutions, are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted to a college and has not subsequently been dropped by that institution. R E l I B I O M R-210. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College; persons wishing to complete a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admissions. RELIGION 84. 9:05-10:20 a.m. R E L t ~ l o nR-211. r ~ urr z PHILOSOPHY 6 1 . PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. 5 Cr. An inquiry into the nature of religious faith, experience, and language. First Term. 8:45-9:50 a.m. Reichenbach. rfrsrmcwuAKD THA' OWI Y'~~11'hHKNT. 3 i r . Wlfall. HTSToRY W # IJWrUTIJRZ ~ ~ P T A K E ~ . ,~ . 9:05-10:20 a.m. . Wffall. RELIGION R-330. Cr. First Term. Sohn. St. Paul. PHILOSOPHY 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. var. Cr. First Term. Time Arranged. michenbach. L I T ~ A N R GOF S e n d 'l'rml. St. Paul. W sc~onrl T-. STUDENTS ADMITTED to Augsburg College for the Fall Term of 1969 are eligible to attend Summer School, as are persons admitted by other colleges for the fall of this year. St. Paul. CHRISTIAN DOCTRINE. 4 11:lO a.m.-12:15 p.m. IF REGULARLY ATTENDING another institution, a student must provide the Director of Summer School with a statement from an appropriate official (e.g., Registrar or Dean) sf his college that he is in good standing and eligible to earn credits in the summer session. Credits earned at Augsburg will be transferred only if this requirement has been met. RELIGION R-430. LUTHERAN CONFESSIONAL WRITINGS. 3 Cr. Second Term. 7:40-8:55 a.m. Stach. St. Paul. RELIGION R-460. PHYSICS 1 . INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. 4 Cr. The solar system, stars, galaxies. The use of optical instruments; viewing with a 12" reflecting telescope. 7-10 p.m., TPh. Hanwick. TERS. 1 Cr. TTh. Stach. SEMINAR IN PASTORAL LETSecond Term. 1:OO-2:15 p.m. St. Paul. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. SOCIOLOGY 1 1 . P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 2 1 . AMERICAN GOVERNMEW 11 NATIONAL. 5 Cr. Emphasis on the Presidency, Congress, ard the Supreme Court; conflict, consensus, economics, and ideological factors. Second Term. 8:4510:05 and 10:35-11:55 a.m. Stenshoal. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 51. CONTEMPOR~RYCOMMU4 Cr. The political NIST GOVERNMENTS. ~rocesses'of the Soviet Union and other communist states analyzed in ideological, party, and institutional terms. First Term. ITh. 7-10 p.m. Noonan. P O L I T I C A L SCIENCE 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable credit. First Term. Time arranged. Noonan. MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY. 4 Cr. A sociological perspective of the cultural and structural dynamics of the western world. First Term. 8:45-10:05 a.m. Torstenson. SOCIOLfiGY 57. 5l.lMQ:R W K 111 C C ; ? r ! E C T ? s z-XLAI. GERVICR. 5 ( 5 . N U ~ O I n b t h r a a special summer program not integrated with other Summer School offerings. For information w i t e Dr. Joel Torstenson, Augsburg College. btlll SOCIOLOGY 6 1 . INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL 5 Cr. Methods of collecting, and intermeting data in the social sciences. Graphs. tables, measures of central tendency; the testing oP hypotheses. First & Second Terms. 5:306:20 p.m. M-F. (9 weeks) Nordlie. STATISTICS. cnmnarino. . r----.=. I di . GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY. First Term. 10:lO-11:OO a.m. Maneks. PSYCHOLOGY C - 2 1 1 3 Cr. St. Paul. PSYCHOLOGY 99. RESEARCH PROBLPIS. SPEECH 11. BEGINNING SPEECH. 4 Cr. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. 8:45-10:05. Olson. SPEECH 99. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Variable Credit. Arranged. First Term. Olson. I I LIMITED food 1 service w i l l be a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g the summer sessions. I f housing i s r e q u i r e d , arrangements should b e J a m e s L a n c a s t e r , Manager o f H o u s i n g . made w i t h M r . WORKSHOP DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - June 16 20,1969 g:OO a.m. 10:30 a.m.. . . . . . . . . . . ..Knut Nystedt - The discussion will center on "Music in Europe i n the Atomic Age" and "New Sounds in Choral Music." Many taped examples, as well as the actual scores, brought from Europe by Mr. Nystedt will be used. - 10:45 a.m. 12:15 p.m.. . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren I DR. LELAND B. SATEREN, a 1935 graduate of Augsburg College, received his master's degree from the University of Minnesota i n 1943. He returned to Augsburg in 1946 and has directed the Augsburg Choir and served as chairman of the Department of Music since 1950.In 1965 he was honored with a Doctor of Humane Letters degree from Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa., and a Doctor of Music degree from Lakeland College, Sheboygan, Wis. With many published choral works to his credit, Dr. Sateren has also written several books and numerous articles on choral music and its performance. Wide interest i n the field of music is evidenced by his professional memberships in the Music Educators Association, the Hymn Society of America, and his work as a member of the Inter-Lutheran Commission on Worship. The Augsburg Choir, under Dr. Sateren's direction, has premiered several contemporary pieces which emphasize t h e "new sound" i n choral music. In December the choir sang the premiere of Christobal Halffter's "Yes Speak Out Yes" i n the General Assembly of the United Nations in New York City with the Minnesota Orchestra. Choral Topics I "Graphing the Vowel," "Suspensions and Other Organic Expressive Elements" a n d "Part Dynamics" are included in the topics for discussion and demonstration. - 1:30 p.m. 3:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dale Warland This study of larger-than-anthem choral works will include Penderecki's "Stabat Mater," Stravinsky's "Symphony of Psalms," Nicolas Roussakis' "Night Speech," Britten's "Rejoice in the Lamp," Poulenc's "Gloria," a_nd others. I Recreation Period KNUT NYSTEDT, a graduate of the Oslo Conservatory of Music, is conductor of the Norwegian Soloist Choir and professor of choral conducting at the University of Oslo. He is ;currently composer in residence at Augsburg College. In the United States he has studied composition with Aaron Copland, conducting with Robert Shaw, a n d organ with Ernest White. His compositions, both choral and instrumental. have been premiered i n Norway by both the Oslo Philharmonic Orchestra and the Norske Solistkor and in this country by several orchestral and choral groups including the Augsburg Choir. Mr. Nystedt recently received the St. Olaf Veda1 from the King of Norway for his contributions to the musical life of his country. In the year of its birth, Nystedt's setting of "De Profundis" won the coveted Norwegian prize as the best composition of the year, all categories considered, and it was subsequently performed a t t h e International Society for Contemporary Music. Given its U. S. premiere by the Augsburg Choir, the revolutionary character of the piece opened new paths in choral composition and performance in this country. His later "Praise to God" continued the exploration of new sounds. This work was given its world premiere by the Augsburg Choir. DR. DALE WARLAND has been at Macalester College since 1967. A native of Fort Dodge, Iowa, Dr. Warland is a graduate of St. Olaf College and has attended the University of Minnesota (M.A.) and the University of Southern California (D.M.A.). His professional career has included positions at Humboldt State College (Calif.), and Keuka College (New York) before joining Macalester. He has prepared several major choral works for performance with the Minnesota Orchestra. During the past season, the Macalester choirs participated q i t h the symphony i n Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" premiere in New York City and in a local performance of "Missa Solemnis" by Beethoven. Minneapolis, the City of Lakes, offers a full and varied program of recreation opportunities to complement the facilities a t Augsburg College. Swimming i n one of the many lakes, golfing at the municipal courses and other activities are easily accessible to participants. - 6:30 p.m. 7:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . .Leland B. Sateren Choral Topics I1 "Color and Concept," "Directing Mixed Meter Music," "Line" and "Functional Choral Music" are some of the topics to be considered. - 7:30 p.m. 9:30 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Knut Nystedt "The Interpretation ?nd Performance of Music by Knut Nystedt. AUGSBURG COLLEGE ABOUT THE WORKSHOP Music is never static. It is constantly alive speaking - expressing. As music continues to develop new avenues and vehicles of expression, the director must seek the understanding and techniques of bringing this expression to his audience. Leland B. Sateren and the Augsburg Choir have long been associated with the presentation of "new" choral music. Each year they have premiered important new works such as Nystedt's "Praise to God." Knut Nystedt, Norway's leading composer of choral music, is active in the "new" sounds in choral composition. Mr. Nystedt is extending his stay as composer in residence at Augsburg College to take part in this workshop. Dale Warland, director of choral organizations at Macalester College, has been associated with the preparation and performance of a number of larger contemporary works including the New York City premiere of Penderecki's "St. Luke's Passion" with the Minnesota Orchestra. Augsburg College has chosen this, its Centennial Year, to enter the field of choral workshops. The importance of this new music, the music of the future, will be the primary focus of the Sateren Choral Workshop in its first year. TUITION Without Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $~o.oo* This includes mimeographed materials and attendance ?t 911 sessions. Participants will be given the opportunity of purchasing the music used in the workshop. Partial Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00~ Partial registration is available for those unable to attend the complete workshop but wishing to take part as their schedules permit. Undergraduate Credit.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $20.00 One or two undergraduate credits may be earned through Augsburg College upon examination and payment of the special $20.00fee. This fee is leveled by the college and has nothing to do with the $50.00 fee listed above. *A 10% discount will be granted to applications received b y May 30. ROOM AND BOARD Single Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55.00 Double Rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . $45.00 Participants .will be housed in the new high-rise dormitory, Urness Tower. Meals will be served in the College Center Commons. Accommodations for wives or husbands are available. AUGSBURG STUDENT NO. -Mr. NAME: - Miss Mrs. COLLEGENOW ATTENDING, i f o t h e r t h a n Augsburg: PRESENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE : PERMANENT ADDRESS: ZIP: PHONE: CLASSIFICATION AS OF JUNE, 1969 [ P l e a s e c i r c l e ] : F r . SO. J r . S r . O t h e r : I p l a n t o attend: * - F i r s t Term (June 9 - J u l y 18) Second Term ( J u l y 21-Auaust 9 ) * T h e Second Term a t C o n c o r d i a , S t . P a u l , l a s t s a n a d d i t i o n a l w e e k , i . e . , t h r u A u g u s t 16 FROM THE LIST OF p r o j e c t e d Summer School o f f e r i n g s , p l e a s e e n t e r below your FIRST and ALTERNATE c h o i c e s . Actual o f f e r i n g s w i l l be determined by demand. A normal maximum of 15 c r e d i t s may be earned d u r i n g t h e two terms [16 c r e d i t s i f t h e Second Term work i s taken a t Concordia C o l l e g e ] . FIRST CHOICES Dept. No. Title Term [ s l Credits 1 ALTERNATES I ENCLOSE A TUITION DEPOSIT OF $ . A t u i t i o n d e p o s i t o f $25.00 i s r e q u i r e d f o r p e r s o n s p r e r e g i s t e r i n g f o r f i v e o r more c r e d i t s ; t h e d e p o s i t f o r f o u r o r f e w e r c r e d i t s i s $15.00. Payment i n f u l l o f Summer S c h o o l c h a r g e s i s r e q u i r e d when f i n a l r e g i s t r a t i o n i s c o m p l e t e d o n t h e d a t e c l a s s e s a r e s c h e d u l e d t o b e g i n . Make c h e c k t o Augsburg C o l l e g e I submit t h i s A p p l i c a t i o n and P r e r e g i s t r a t i o n s u b j e c t t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e 1969 Augsburg Summer School B u l l e t i n , which I have read and agree t o . Date : . Signature: . - - . .. . R e t u r n c o m p l e t e d f o r m , t o g e t h e r w i t h d e p o s i t , t o Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Augsburg C o l l e g e , M i n q e a p o l j s , MN 55404. Or b r i n g t o t h e Summer S c h o o l O f f i c e , Memorial H a l l , Room 1 1 1 . " c ~ ~ - - ~ ~ ' X ~ L ~ , , , ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ " C C C - . b MtZd w* REGISTRATION FORM E n c l o s e d i s $20.00 r e s e r v a t i o n f e e f o r t h e S a t e r e n C h o r a l Workshop. ( T h i s f e e may be r e f u n d e d i f t h e Manager i s n o t i f i e d o f c a n c e l l a t i o n b e f o r e s e s s i o n s b e g i n o n J u n e 1 6 . ) Please check a s applicable: - I d e s i r e a s i n g l e room. - My w i f e o r husband w i l l -I do n o t d e s i r e c o l l e g e accompany me, housing. - I am r e g i s t e r i n g f o r c o l l e g e c r e d i t . Name: , - . . -. - . . . ... Address : - . . . Date: , . ..-. ... , -. - - R e g i s t r a t i o n s f o r t h e Sateren Choral Workshop should be m a i l e d t o : Workshop, Augsburg College, M i n n e a p o l i s , MN 55404. . . . - ZIP: Manauer, Choral - C C C C 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGS8URG COLLEGE 731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 gr - 8 Official Publication o f I Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM , N I- m A I S U M M E R 1980 !I . J 1

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE I 'h -- INTRODUCTION Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through june 26; Term II runs from June29 through August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 or call: SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE (612) 330-1 025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary -- g 2?>0 -.AE 2 c 3 as-. 0 3 NWn. AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1,500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes a n d participation in inetropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. (See inside fold for campus location maps.) 1981 SUMMER CALENDAR I I I I Term I Term I1 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 24 April 24 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 3 Holiday None July 3 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 July 17 Last Day of Class June 26 Aug. 7 g ~ F %E xE~ g An~ e Ca n .- 2 2-. -3 n fmg- g ""2 r u10 m Inp 5 m3P Q ( I l1 I ELIGIBILITY GENERAL INFORMATION PERSONS IN GOOD STANDING at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. SUMMER STUDENTS may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. OTHER PERSONS wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. COURSE LEVELS are indicated by the third digit of the five-digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. ACCEPTANCE as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. COURSES REGULARLY TAUGHT during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Volume 111, Number5 February 1981 612/330-1000 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPSM90-310)is published five times a year in August, September, October, December and February by Augsburg Col Iege, 731 As8 Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Second clas posrage rates paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper CHANGES IN REGISTRATION must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. STUDENTS NEEDING HOUSING may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. PERSONS PLANNING TO AllEND Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. THE COLLEGE RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL LISTED COURSES. WM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1981-JUNE 26, 1981 PAYMENT O F FEES FINANCIAL AID TUITION CHARGES for Summer School are $270 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $135 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. FINANCIAL AID is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Regardless of family income of the student, the Federal Government pays the interest while the student is in college. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January1,1981. Maximum loan is $2300, per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduatemaximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 2, 1981, since processing takes up to 12 weeks. EARLY REGISTRATION on April 24 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $250 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 24. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An ADVANCE TUITION DEPOSIT of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June1 for Term I and June29 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TUITION REFUND is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Summer School Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be madeafter the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment,full refund will be made. NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students af any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other schooladministered programs. COURSE CANCELLATION DATE Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $20 processing fee) 80% 60 % 40% June 1-2 June 29-July 1 June 3-4 June 5-8 June 9-10 W TERM I1 COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE29,1981-AUGUST 7, +B1 TERM I SUMMER 1981 4 ART ART 10106/10306 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphicskills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project i s required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 , " '1 ART 1024YIU342 FILM-MAKING I - FILM-MAKING II Rusten This ' k t l r s ~trnchcs film-making rl~rough prnc~icnl Inl) cxperiencc invulvina ul~survaiio~i d r ~ rd l i s ~ t ~ \ s i oof t i tlir expr~1ssivt*and ~tructur.11et~rnentrrlf film, Sturlrnlc wlrl makr 161nlr)st~unrltilnl. Dist.: Yes. Fws: 575.M)]lab fcrl Prcrctluisites: Norle lor Irilm-making I , Il~lrn-makingI to l i l h i ! Film-nlakin~II. 8:OO-12:OO noon M,T,W,Th,F OM17 BIOLOGY BIO 20103 HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5205 T,W,Th 5214 1:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab Enrollment limit: 35 BIO 20108 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S212 11:30-3:30 p.m. Lab T,Th 5202 I BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 21101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5112 BUS 21262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long rerm assets. Dist.: No. 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 ' I 1 ' I ._ JUNE1-JUNE26 HPE 55491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Nelson Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. T,Th & Arr. GI2 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55493 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Admistrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. G3 1 (1st meeting 6/1 6:00 p.m.) HPE 55495, 55496, PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 55497 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department PHILOSOPHY PHI 83130 LOGIC Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 PHI 83132 THE PHILOSOPHY OF C. S. LEWIS Reichenbach C. S. Lewis, well known as a religious writer,develops hisstatementsfromspecificviews about God, man and values. We will read Lewis with a philosophic eye for his arguments and presuppositions. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM M4 8:30-10:50 a.m. L A t r , M,T,W,Th,F PHILOSOPHY OF FEMINISM Fuehrer PHI 83150, Analysis ui kcy rimrcpts of feminism in myth, literature, religion and art; theories and implk:atIon\ c ~ fmatriarchal/patriarchal, pro-ferninisVanti-feminist cultures, courtly tarit1 rumitntic love, and the cult of the virgin. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM16 CHEMISTRY PHYSICS CHE 34105 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY Gyberg-S. Olmsted The first semester of a two-semester sequence designed to present the basic concepts of chemistry. High school chemistry not required. Dist.: Yes. 11:30-1:50 p.m. Lect M,T,W,Th,F S315 2:OO-4:00 p.m. Lab T,W,Th 5327 PHY 84222t/84322* C H I 34353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL Gyberg-S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T,W,Th, F S315 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO-3:00 p.m. l a b ECONOMICS 1981 OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED Paulson UNIVERSITIES SCIENCE MINISEMESTER Study of nuclear radiation including individual laboratory experience usingfacilities at Oak Ridge, Tennessee in conjunction with instructional staff and scientists at the national laboratory. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F, May 25-lune 25, Oak Ridge tCredit toward Physics major or minor *No credit toward Physics major or minor POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Hedblom The nnlitirs nf Ameriran Gnv~rnmentincl~lrlinvnattern nf narticinatinn rlvnamirc i 5 Ut URBAmTSSUtS babella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. tLu P of policymaking and current issues. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F ' '0M13 ' POL 85342 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; uses and control of media for political and social purposes; censorship, newsmaking, entertainment, public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI ECO 22392 MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 M,T,W,Th,F M5 9:30-11:50 a.m. POL 85199, 85399, 85499 EDUCATION Noonan Arr. INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY PSYCHOLOGY EDE 44375 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 14 PSY 86105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Ferguson Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F PI PSY 86375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 94375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. EDE 44237/44337 INTRODUCTION TO MULTICULTURAL/ Quirin GLOBAL EDUCATION Conceptual and practical introduction to intercultural education on local and international levels. Utilization, of local resources to develop curriculum units and teaching strategies. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th LI RELIGION REL 87369 EFFECTIVE WRITING Blackburn with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical ation and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. M,T,W,Th S205 I1 I WG 54241 - THE AMERICAN SHORT STORY Clark Treatment of the American short story from the American Renaissance to today including seventeen stories aired on PBS television. Dist.: Yes. Also satisfies Am. Lit. requirement for English. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 M,T,W,Th NORWEGIAN I L. Hansen speaking, listening, reading and writing work expected. Dist.: Yes. OM29 Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult department for details. SPA 76112 BEGINNING SPANISH II Rozentals Aims to develop the four basic skills; understanding, speaking, reading and writing elementary Spanish. Laboratory work expected. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisities: 111 or equivalent SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 1 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M,T,W,Th C24 6:OO-9:00 p.m. HPE 55410 I RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 SOClOLOGY SOC 94375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 86375) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 M,T,W,Th,F LI 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOC 94383 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 98111 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th GENERAL STUDIES STUDENT TEACHING Cole 5212 See last column .1 ' WM I COURSE OFFERINGS '" 1 JUNE1,1981 -JUNE26,1981 . I TERM II SUMMER 1981 JUNE29-AUGUST 7 ART SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS ART 10111/10311 SPC 98367 THEATER I N MINNEAPOLIS Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and produaion of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th 2815 419 Ave. S. (Tel.: 721-2565) Mpls., M N 55406 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Friederichsen Karlen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see MUS 82111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make, and produce a music/art presentation using sounds, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. T,Th OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ART 10132 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 Enrollment limit: 35 ART 10250 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,WF OM1 ART 10351 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramia with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M,W,F OM? Limited enrollment CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisities: 105 or 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect M,T,WTh,F S315 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 CHE 34110 ECONOMICS ECO 22120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent study only. Dist.: Yes. A rr. ECO 22122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 5205 ECO 22123 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economin, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p. m. M, W 5205 ENGLISH ENC 54111 EFFECTIVE WRITING T Gidmark INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 60399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. GENERAL STUDIES GST 58102 BASIC MATHEMATICS FOR INTRODUCTORY Gyberg CHEMISTRY & SCIENCE COURSES Basic operations, exponential numbers, logarithms, simple operators, solvingalgebraic equations, and development of algebraic equations in science problem content, particularly chemistry. Dist.: No. 2 Sem. Cr. - Tuition $70.00 (Early registration discount does not apply) 8:30a.m.-1:30p.m. T,W,Th,F, 5315 May 26-May 29 SOC 94399 INTERNSHIP Hesser Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies for work experience. A learning contract is developed with faculty supervisor approval. Dist.: No. Arr. STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middleof Juneto theend of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Summer School Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 44483, 44484 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 44481,44482, STUDENT TEACHING: McNeff 44483, 44484 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 45481, 45482, STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 45483, 45484 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. .. . . ....... 1-11..., . ..,. r.... .,-. ...a 111 & . A . - 1 .1 CAMPUS LOCATION HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 55485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:00-9:30 p. m. T,Th & Arr. GI2 (1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m.) I I I I HPE 55487 NEUROLOGY A N D PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:30-9:30 p. m. 1st meeting 6/29 6:00 p.m. G31 I HPf &~W~~WPRO-I!$& AFFILIATION Saugestad mpfidaffiltsffon6fif.W. hmrs:,iqufdActual hospital experience in four areas of prrf@ctIue therapyc (1).Psychlatq, 'm I Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) ~Habifit;t~~h.~C611,rifa 49F is::sudl;lo(:fhurology and Pathology. Dist.: NO. 8@>$i&&!iites: @. and appt~irtNdepartment Arr. I HISTORY m, HIS 56131/56331 TOPICS I N SOCIAL HISTORY A N D CULTURE Nelson IN THE ANCIENT A N D MEDIEVAL WORLD Topics and themes relating to everyday life of ancient and medieval cultures including the merchant, soldier, religious life, women and family and problems of studying everyday life. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F S212 I MUSIC M U S 82111/82311 CREATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL Karlen Friederichsen COMPOSITION & PERFORMANCE (also see ART 10111/311) Designed as an experimental learning class to explore, make and produce a music/art presentation using sound, images, and objects from a 1968 Volkswagen automobile. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th OM4 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 85199, 85399, 85499 INTERNSHIPS INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Arr. RELIGION RELIGIONS O F INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 REL 87372 SOCIOLOGY SOC 94356 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 lnterstate 94 east from Minneapolis t o 25th Ave. exit, left t o Riverside Ave., left t o 21st Ave. S., turn left at Augsburg sign. Interstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right o n Riverside t o 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL 1982 INTRODUCTION AUGSBURG COLLEGE Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1 through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful and broadening experience. 1982 SUMMER CALENDAR NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY ; A u ~ b u Coltege g admits students of any race, color, natiunal and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~ programs,, and .actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-, creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~ scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Lorraine Stieper, Secretary Term II April 23 April 23 June 1 June 28 June 3 June 30 Holiday None MY5 Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 18 June 25 July 16 Aug. 6 Early Registration (Tuition Discount) 1 I ' II I REGISTRATION Term I Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record Last Day of Class Design: Susan Hopp Information: Lorraine Stieper - -- GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes up to 12 weeks. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Lift Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982 CAMPUS LOCATION PAYMENT OF FEES Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $260 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. TO DOWNTOWN ST PAUL m Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date Refund- Term I Term II 10O0I0(less $20 processing fee) 80OIO 601'0 401'0 June 1-2 June 28-June 30 June 3-4 June 5-7 June 8-9 July 1-6 july 7-9 July 12-14 Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. --=- TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982 a TERM I SUMMER 1982 JUNE 1 - JUNE 25 a NOR 112-8052 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II Hansen Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression. ART ART 242-8003 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rusten Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals. Dist.: Yes. Fees: $75.00 lab fee Four Weekends (1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.) OM17 Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon; 1:00-4:30 p.m.; Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m. A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM29 CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. a ART 270-8002 PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES Ellertson Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F OM4 a a HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 114-8061 HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION Borstad Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W, Jh C13 Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11 (1/2 course) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY BIO 103-8010 Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S205 1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab T, W, Th 52 14 Enrollment limit: 35 H PE 115-8062 HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Borstad EDUCATION Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02 for students in teacher preparation programs). C13 5:00-8:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th (1/2 course) Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25 BIO 108-8011 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50a.m.Lect M,T,W,Th,F 5212 11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab T, Th 5202 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg HPE 491-8053 Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:00-9:30 p.m. T, Th & Arr. C 12 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION H PE 493-8054 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF Husing CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Arr. C24 (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8022 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 51 12 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry 1 1:30-1:50 Lect M, T, W, Th, F 53 15 2:OO-4:00 Lab M,T, W,Th S327 HPE 495-80551 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-80561497-8057 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department CHM 109-8021 a FOREIGN LANGUAGES BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler CER 111-8046 Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 12:OO-3:00 p.m. M, J, W,Th ECONOMICS FCO 120-8030 a HISTORY HIS 101-8064 ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES Sabella THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE Nelson Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d of Greece a n d Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8029 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 52 05 I ECO 392-8031 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M5 a ~ o m k and , the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F a a EDE 375-8036 STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July. The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. a a I a a TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblorn POL 299-81541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (Also Term II) Hedblom POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term II) Noonan INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II) HedblomlNoonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8091 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY Marken Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F P1 PSY 375-8092 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasirno (Also see SOC 375-81 10) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENGLISH ENG 251-8051 AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR Blackburn Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities. Dist.: Yes. 7:OO-10:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th 51 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-81541499-8155 POL 199-81561399-8157 EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING: Fardig 483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department 1 PHILOSOPHY PHI 130-8063 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING: McNeff 483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Dist.: No. Additional $15.00 fee Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department Arr. NURSING NUR 330-8066 TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING Malcolm Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and health issues. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T,W,Th 5205 EDUCATION DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. SUMMER INTERIM 9:30-1 1:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F L4 MATH MAT 103-8065 BRUSH UP Durkee Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No. 2:OO-5:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th 51 12 a RELIGION REL 370-8068 CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Quanbeck Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8071 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.) SWK Office ENG 245-9304 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p m. M, W M23 SWK 399-8069 INTERNSHIPS Brown FOREIGN LANGUAGE SWK 499-8070 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown GER 112-9029 BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent 1 1:40- 1:25 p.m. M, T, W, Th SOClOLOGY SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser SOC 375-81 10 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8092) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105 5:OO-8:00 p m. M, T, W,Th L1 SOC 381-8072 RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Gerasimo The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8121 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Cole Little Theater SPC 354-8074 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes. S205 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II) Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1982 JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6 ART ART 132-9002 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W OM4 + ..,-C lI-. I:-:,. "C HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 485-9038 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Aske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9037 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.) C24 HPE 495-90391 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION Saugestad 496-9040/497-9041 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation. Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department Arr. PHYSICS PHY 101-9305 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I) Diverse Topics: See Instructor Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE (also Term I) Hedblom POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY (Also Term I) Noonan POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I) Hed blomlNoonan Arr. L,.. ,.,.,,.. ... ,,,,,,,, .> KELlGlON ART 250-9003 CERAMICS I Holen lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-1 1:30 a.m. M,W,F OM I ART 351-9005 CERAMICS II Holen Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a.m. M, W,F OM1 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9214 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING Allerson lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F S112 BUS 262-9301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 5108 BUS 399-9302 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY CHM 110-9010 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Carlson CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission 8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect M,T, W,Th,F S3 15 10:OO-12:OO noon Lab T,W,Th 5327 ECONOMICS ECO 120-9007 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9009 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 EDUCATION STUDENT TEACHING Continuation of Term I. ENGLISH ENG 111-9021 EFFECTIVE WRITING Gidrnark Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M24 TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS REL 111-9306 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th,F M24 10:05-11:30 a.m. REL 341-9307 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M23 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9308 GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx. Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No. Arr. (1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.) SWK Office SOClOLOCY SOC 121-9309 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 11:40-I:25 p.m. M, T,W,Th 11 SOC 241-9310 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasirno ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, W 11 SOC 356-9052 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE Pike Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy, and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes. 2:30-4:15 p.m. M,T, W,Th 11 SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SPC 355-9313 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Bart A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 SPC 367-9056 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO. 6:30-9:30 p.m. T,Th 28 15 4 1st Ave. 5. Mpls., M N . 55406 (Tel.: 72 1-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTRODUCTION Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term Iruns from May 31-June 24; Term II runs from June 27 through August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1983 SUMMER CALENDAR REGISTRATION Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 113, Number 5 Spring 1983 6121330-1025 AUGSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Term I Term II Early Registration (Tuition Discount) April 22 April 22 Classes Begin Last Day for Registration Balance of Tuition Due May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Class Registration Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation on Record June 2 June 29 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw from Class June 20 July 15 Last Day of Class June 24 Aug. 5 Open Please @ PAYMENT OF FEES CAMPUS LOCATION Tuition Charges for Summer School are $295 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $148 for each course. Laboratory or special fees may be charged for some courses. Early Registration on April 22 will result in a savings of $20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of $275 per course applicable only to courses designated by April 22. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. An AdvanceTuition Deposit of $25 per course is required at the time of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class, May 31 for Term I and June 27 for Term II. A $10 per course late payment fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines. No student will be officially enrolled until all financial arrangements have been completed. Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before student is officially registered for Summer School at Augsburg College. Tuition Refund is calculated below. There is a $25 per course service charge. This amount will be deducted from any refund. Student must present cancel card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be eligible for refund; no refund will be made after the listed dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund will be made. Course Cancellation Date - - Refund Term I Term II 100% (less $25) 80% " " 60% " 40% May 31-June 1 June 2-3 June 6-7 June 8-9 June 27-28 June 29-30 July 1-5 July 6-7 - - TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS - Interstate 94 east from Minneapolisto 25th Ave. exit, left to Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. s., turn left at Augsburg sign. lnterstate west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign. JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 1' I GENERAL INFORMATION ELIGIBILITY Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office. No course may be added after it has met more than six hours elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the instructor. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Limited food service is available, supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to register as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. FINANCIAL AID Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). NONDlSCRlMlNATION POLICY Augsburg College admits students ofany race, color, national and ethnic origin to a11 rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It d m not discriminate on the basis of race4color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. lup Lifi Please TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 ~c~effl~elton EDE 481-80211482-8022 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-80231484-8024 ELEMENTARY OR KlNDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. DM.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. TERM I SUMMER 1983 May 31-June 24 ART ART 106-8001/306-8002 CALLIGRAPHY Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required. Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM4 ART 118-8062 PAINTING I By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 223-8063 PRINTMAKING l By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Thompson Arr. ART 355-8064 PAINTING II By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 118 Thompson PRINTMAKING ll By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite 223 Thompson ART 368-8065 Arr. Arr. ART 299-80051499-8006 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIOLOGY BIO 103-8007 8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect. 1:OO- 4:00 p.m. Lab. Enrollment limit: 35. Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. SUMMER INTERIM. M,T,W,Th,F 5213 T, W, Th 5214 BIO 108-8008 MICROBIOLOGY Thorpe Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 5212 T ~h 5202 )MINIS' BUS 101-8012 PRINCIPLESOF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 51 12 BUS 399-8013 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ENGLISH MIG 245-8030 IFrmODUCTlONTO LITERATURE Blackburn Introduction to the study offiction, drama, and poetry. Partkular attention will be devoted to developing crhical and analytical skills in reading and w r ~ t i n gabout Ilterature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. ,, .GUAGES GER 111-8031 BEGINNING GERMAN I Oyler Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM29 NOR 112-8032 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN Hansen Designed for students who have successfully completed NOR 111 at Augsburg College. The course will be conducted i n Norway. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. NOR 331-8061 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE Hansen. This course will be conducted in Norway for students with near fluency in the Norwegian Language. See Prof. Leif Hansen, Foreign Language Department for details. CAMP NORWAY Academic credit may be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway. See Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. :ATION n r t r I u-aus4 Borstad SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M, T, W,Th M23 5:OO-8:00 p.m. HPE 491-8035 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 T,Th and Arr. C12 6:OO-9:00 p.m. (1st meeting 5/31, 6:00 p.m.) HPE 493-8033 CHEMISTRY CHM 109-8015 EDS 481-80251482-8026 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-8027/484-8028 SECONDARY Obsehrlng apd directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of colle~eand high school personnel. Dlst.: No. Additional $15.00 fee. Arr. Prerequfsftes: Acceptance, Education Department. GENERAL ORGANIC GyberglS. Olmsted ORGANIZATION & ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction I ; IFirst term - of atwo semester - course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to I I organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry. 11 :30- 1:50 Lect. M,T, W,Th, F 2:OO-4:00 Lab. T, W, Th S3 15 5327 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL GyberglS. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail; gives an introduction to spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. Dist.: No. 8:30- 10:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F 53 15 M,T,W,Th 5327 11:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab. I trmtatmpnt clinic; equlpmw, employment, public d!atbns and ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. Arr. (1st meeting 5/31,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-80361496-8037 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8038 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. M24 Saugestad Arr. C H M 353-8014 ECONOMICS ECO 120-8009 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 122-8011 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M5 ECO 392-8010 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis d n monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F M5 EDUCATION EDE 353-8029 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH SPECIAL NEEDS B. Anderson Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM4 (% course) Meets June 13-24. HISTORY HIS 216-80391416-8040 TWENTIETH CENTURY REVOLUTIONS Gustafson Consideration of four revolutions-the violent revolution against colonialism (Vietnam), neo-colonialism (Cuba) and westernization (Iran) and the current revolution toward the modern era (Saudi Arabia). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th, F S108 HIS 299-80411499-8042 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Gustafson Arr. POL 299-80431499-8044 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (DiverseTopics: See Instructor.) Hedblom POL 299-80451499-8046 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE Hedblom Arr. POL 199-80471399-8048 INTERNSH lPS Hedblom Arr. POLITICAL SCIENCE Arr. PSY 241-8049 USE OF THE PERSONAL COMPUTER I N Marken PSYCHOLOGY Participants will write simple programs in BASIC to produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analysis and model thought processes. Emphasis on the computer as a tool to explore the mind. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F M4 EDE 375-8016 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. Arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F L1 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see SOC 375-8052) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30- 10:50 a.m. STUDENT T E A C H I N G RELIGION Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. REL 369-8051 EDE 481-801 71482-8018 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-80191484-8020 NURSERY SCHOOL Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Arr. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS PSY 375-8050 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N MODERN Skibbe LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and,world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221. 9:30-11.50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F M24 SOC 199-80531399-8054 INTERNSHIPS MAY 31, 1983-JUNE 24, 1983 Hesser Arr. €861 'PZ 3~nkE86L'LE AVW SOC 375-8052 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo (also see PSY 375-8050.) Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and 105. M,T, W,Th,F L4 8:30-10:50 a.m. SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-8056 GROUP WORK IN A WILDERNESS MEDIUM Perry Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. Add'l. fee $75.00. (See instructor for details.) SWK 299-80571499-8058 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Diverse topics: See instructor.) Clark Arr. SWK 399-8059 Clark Arr. INTERNSHIPS SPEECH, COMMUNICATIONS A N D THEATER ARTS SPC 111-8060 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Cole M22 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8055 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. TERM II SUMMER 1983 June 27-August 5 HPE 487-9019 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. (1st meeting 6/28,6:00 p.m.) M5 HPE 495-90151496-9016 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-9017 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad Arr. HISTORY HIS 233-90201433-9021 WOMEN'S ROLES IN AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. T,Th L4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. HIS 369-9022 VIKING DISCOVERY ChrislocWNelson Investigation of the period of Viking expansion concentrating on the impact of that expansion into the British Isles. Lectures on campus: July 18-22, on site at York, England: July 24-August 6. Contact Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for details. Dist.: No. MATHEMATICS/COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 145-9023 INTRODUCTIONTO GENERAL COMPUTER Sargent PROGRAMMING Includes flowcharts, algorithms, and data representation. Extensive programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a Computer Science major at Augsburg. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th, F 5108 8:30-955 a.m. NURSING NUR 311-9024 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING II Malcolm Provides a base for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health Arr. team is explored. Primarily a clinical course. Dist.: Yes. PHYSICS ART ART 132-9005 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. M, W OM4 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Enrollment Limit: 35. ART 299-90031499-9004 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9006 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIALACCOUNTING Kader Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prereauisites 101. PHY 101-9025 ASTRONOMY Paulson Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. T,Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-90261499-9027 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY READINGS ON THE USSR TODAY Noonan POL 299-90281499-9029 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENTSTUDY (Open Topic: See Instructor.) Noonan POL 199-90301399-9031 INTERNSHIPS Noonan Arr. PSYCHOLOGY - I BUS 399-9007 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. CHEMISTRY C H M 110-9008 GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL S. Olmsted CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. 8:30- 9:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W, Jh,F J, W,Th 19:00-17.n0 N Lab. ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-9009 Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arr. ECO 123-9010 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO) Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M5 Franklin EDUCATION OF DEVIANT A N D BEHAVIOR DISORDERED CHILDREN Examination of school related deviance and behavior disorders; including school and family interaction and role of the juvenile justice system. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W 14 PRACTICUM A N D SEMINAR I N Franklin EDE 491-9010 EDS 491-9011 SPECIAL EDUCATION Supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Consult Barry Franklin, Department of Education for acceptance. . , PSY 355-9033 BRAIN A N D BEHAVIOR Ferguson Survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 105 and one course in Biology. 10:05-11:30a.m.Lect. M,T,W,Jh,F 12:30- 2:00 p.m. Lab. T, Th RELIGION INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Benson REL 111-9035 An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W, Th,F M24 REL 372-9034 RELlGlONSOF INDIA: HINDUISM Benson & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M24 SOCIOLOGY SOC 121-9037 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY Pike Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications t o an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th M24 CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom SOC 356-9036 Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T, Th M22 SOC 199-90381399-9039 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Chlr-l I C U ENG 368-901 3 MODERN DRAMA Gidmark Significant works of American, British, and continental dramatists of the twentieth century. Plays by women and minorities are included. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M23 FOREIGN L A N G U A G E BEGINNING GERMAN II Oyler GER 112-9014 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Ger. 11 1 or equivalent. 11:40-1:25 p.m. M.T.W,Th OM23 HEALTH E n O C A T I O N AI PHYPlTAl F n l ITATION HPE 485-9018APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th &Arr. C12 (1st meeting 6/28, 6:00 p.m.) TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS @m M ~ r p o s of understanding e Zrvior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. PI M, T, W, Th, F SOCIAL W O R K GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS M E D I U M Perry SWK 255-9041 Mountains-a seven day backpacking trip i n Grand Teton National Park. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. I ADTC SPC 367-9042 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T, Th 6:OO-9:30 p.m. 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-9040 INTERNSHIPS JUNE 27, 1983-AUGUST 5, 1983 Hesser Arr.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PA1D Second Class Postage Minneapolis MN Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. I Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Officc:. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Postmaster Volume 115, Number 1 Summer, 1984 6121330-1025 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29-)une 22, Term II runs from June25-August 3. This bmchum presents the Summer School Pmgmn and was correct at the time of publication. Term I Term I I Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 18 April 18 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due May 29 June 25 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10.00 (No registrations will be accepted after this date) May 31 June 27 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W) June 18 July 13 Classes End June 22 August 3 Grades Due in Registrafs Office June 27 Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted forthe next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors, and 5, graduate level. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Courses ~egularlyTaught during the academic year are more fully described in the October AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 29; Term II registrations must be confirmed on June 25. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on May 29 and June 25. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 30 and May 31. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term II registrations completed on June 26 and June 27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To c a n r d your regictl-~tiun, arld a course, o r d r t ~ pa <:oirrscl and enroll ir) another cotr~,sc,fill OUI i l Cancc.l/Add form a1 11>(* Registrar's Clfficc There i s a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day oC each term. This must br! done by 3340 pm. on May 31 (or Term I courses and hy 3:30 p.m. nn June27 for Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy". The tuition charge for Summer School is $325.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) i s $163.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 18 will result in a s,ivings ot $25.00 for e,~chcourse taken. This redtrceti ti~itivnof $.$00.00per coirrse cipplies only to hose courses for which the sttldent prert!gisters on April '18. A nonrefundable d ~ o o s iof l $50.00 pel. kt>ul.scis rc?rli~ired at his tirne anci i s applietl lo desigri~tedrour-setuition. If a course is carirelled dur to low enrollment, a sul)stitution r ~ y he rriadc w i t h n ~loss ~ t of disc:ount. Stutl~nts[nay prr!rclgister Cur 1~0thTer*rnI anri Tcarrn It courses on April 18; tuition rlisr:ouri~ i dl)plicb>t c I~ ~ o l ltcrms. After April 18, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below) Refund Term I Term II 100Ol0 901'0 801'0 701'0 60% May 29 May 30 May 31 June 1 June4 June 25 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 MAY 29-JUNE 22 ART 107-8501 DRAWING B. Olson As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media, pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes O M 17 M, T,W,Th 9:00 a.m.-1 2:00 n. 1 B. Olson ART 118-85021355-8503 PAINTING I& II Watercolor-Acrylic; translating thevisual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variew of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00 a.m.-12:OO n. M, T,W,Th OM17 ART 299-85041499-8505 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY ART HISTORY SURVEY Swanson Arr. BIO 103-8506 HUMAN ANATOMY AND Mickelberg PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. lO:30-1:OOp.m.Lect. M,T,W,Th,F Psy. Bldg. 1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab. T, W,Th FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8530 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practicespeaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 M, T,W, Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Hansen BEGINNING NORWEGIAN NOR 111-112 A 3-week total immersion language learning experience for 10-16 highly motivated students ata lakesite in Northern Minn. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen (330-1292, Home 822-8726) for details by April 1. Dist.: Yes. Dates: June 8-30. HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 410-8531 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstad OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. M5 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M, T,W, Th BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION HPE 491-8532 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principlesand administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist : No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M22 (1st meeting 5/29, 6:00 p.m.) BUS 101-8507 HPE 493-8533 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F 51 12 , ENG 438-8529 SHAKESPEARE Blackburn Study of ten or twelve major plays with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Dist.: Yes. OM11 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F BUS 261-8508 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101, 102 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M22 BUS 399-8509 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arr. ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arr. M24 (1st meeting 5/29,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-85341496-8535 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-8536 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. HISTORY HIS 299-85371499-8538 ECONOMICS ( ECO 120-8510 Study of economic implicat independent study only. D i ECO 122-8511 MlCS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella roblems facing a metro-urban environment. By Arr. Saugestad DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY JAPAN, CHINA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Jensen INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arr. Arr. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8539 lntrodt~rl on ~~:mmmwmnsrnics m t i ~ ammms'an;tlvs!s,,~mt)ne~a~ry~am l t1501 policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 1 :00-4:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 ECO 392-8512 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and bankingsystems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F ., - - - . PHI 130-8540 INTRODUCTION TO LOCI? Bailey Examinationof rules which govern valid argumentsand aid in developing theability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. g:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M23 ~oLITICALSCIENCE POL 199-85431399-8544 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY EDE 353-8513 Johnson DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT A N D YOUNG ADULT Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: 105 PI M, 1,W, Th,F 8:30-I O:50 a.m. YOUNG CHILDREN WITH R. Anderson SPECIAL NEEDS Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F OM4 (!h course) June 11-22 EDE 375-8514 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, 1,W,Th,F 14 PSY 352-8545 RELIGION REL 359-8546 BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION Quanbeck Survev of the issues and the methods used in the interpretation of the Bible. ~ist.:~es. 8:30-lO:50 a.m. M, 1,W, Th,F M24 STUDENT TEACHING SOCIAL WORK Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during thegeneral period from the middleofJuneto theend of July. Theexact dates aredetermined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrah Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration. SWK 255-8547 R. Anderson EDE 481-85151482-8516 STUDENT TEACHING: 483-85 171484-8518 PREKINDERGARTEN Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. EDE 481-85191482-8520 STUDENTTEACHING: 483-85211484-8522 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learninaexoeriences in elementary schools under supervision fee. of collegeand public school perso'nnel. Dist.: No. ~ d d i t i o n a$35.00 l Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arr. ' EDS 481-85231482-8524 STUDENT TEACHING: Fardig 483-85251484-8526 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under su~ervisionof colleae and hiah school oersonnel. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee. ENGLISH Howerton ENG 163-85271363-8528 WAR A N D WORDS: LITERATURE A N D THE VIETNAM WAR Focus on books written by people coming to terms with the Vietnam experience; including navels, memoirs, personal narratives, essays, poetry, and journals which have depicted, recreated, explained, hidden, and exposed the war. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 GROUP WORK I N A Perry , i f - ~ l ~ ~MEDlUM ~ ~ ~ ~ S S Canoes-an eight day car .&trip in I h r Q u ~ ~ ~ : h P r c nidl~ Park i n i of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge ntcvssary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a wilderness qruul) as a social system. Dist.: No. (See instructor for details) Addtiondl fee--SWK 499-8548 INDEPENDENT STUDY Clark SWK 399-8549 INTERNSHIPS Clark Arr. Arr. SOClOLOGY H U M A N COMMUNITY A N D Nelson THE MODERN METROPOLIS The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation. Dist.: Yes. OM13 M, 1,W, Th, F 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. SOC 11 1-8550 Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY. -An examination of the ideas:u!"~>rimitiv~~:l'rivilized:and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities 4s fuuljd in,diflr.Wnt cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11 SOC 241-8551 ? SOC 19945521399-8553 INTERNSHIPS .I 'm SPC 11 1-8554 BEGINNING SPEECH Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W,Th Hesser Arr. Cole M23 1 PHYSICS PHY 101-9618 ASTRONOMY PaulsonlStaff Study of Solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of Winch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. LI 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th NE 25-AUGUST 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE ART 132-9601134 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 2:30-6:00 p.m. M, W Section I 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W Section II POL 299-96201499-9621 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Fraatz Arr. POL 199-96221399-9623 INTERNSHIPS Fraatz Arr. PSYCHOLOGY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 399-9602 INTERNSHIPS 8:30-955 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F Kader Arr. M5 ECONOMICS RELIGION ECO 120-9603 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By indeArr. pendent study only. Dist.: Yes. ECO 123-9604 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO) Introduction to micrc-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and incomedistribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. I. ECO 353-9605 . REL 111-9626 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt An introduction to theacademicdiscipline of theology and to thedialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M23 L1 REL 341-9627 CHRISTIAN VIEWS O F HEALTH Holt A N D HEALING Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 10:05-11:30a.m.mm M,T,W,Th,F M23 . ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS w .SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9628 FOREIGN LANGUAGE GER 112-9606 BEGINNING GERMAN II Classroom practice in speaking understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T, W, Th OM29 y be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norwav. Chal- .. GROUP WORK I N A Perry SOClOLOCY SOC 356-9629 Bloom . HEALTH E D U C A T I O N A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N HPE 485-9607 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 6:OO-9:30 p.m. GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (PIN Grading only) M, W M6:OO-9:30 p.m. 3.3' SOC 199-96311399-9632 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arc SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. HPE 487-9608 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) HPE 495-96091496-9610 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION 497-961 1 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad w .F Arr. HIS 233-96121433-9613 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA Stadum Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntaryorganizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, T h M23 HIS 369-9614 VIKING DISCOVERY Nelson York, England. The Viking expansion and its impact on the British Isles. History comes alive through extensive archaeological finds, lectures, field trips. July 15-28. Contact Liv Dahl, Sons of Norway Heritage Programs, for brochure. (612) 827-3611. Dist.: No. INS 399-9615 INTERNSHIPS DOWNTOWN Hesser Arr. MATHEMATICS MAT 114-9616 COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D Durkee TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponentsand radicals, quadraticequations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithmsand trigonometricfunctions. Students who havecompleted 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes. T, Th S112 6:OO-9:30 p.m. PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9617 ETHICS Fuehrer This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them.. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M4 35W from the North-Take Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. . 1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. I 1- 35W from the South-Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. $
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1985
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PAID Second Class Postage - Minneapolis MN - [ 11 BugsbumColf'egeisa fobryeat, fully accwditd liberal art5 colle8e affil lated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the h...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE An Official Publication of Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 PAID Second Class Postage - Minneapolis MN - [ 11 BugsbumColf'egeisa fobryeat, fully accwditd liberal art5 colle8e affil lated with The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heartof thewin Cities, he small college environment, h t 1700 sfudmts dufing the academic war, 'rs enriched by the many cul~ml,sporting and recreaflunal adIvities found In this vlmbtant metropolitan area*An active summer corn bl nihg classes and participation in nmtimpaliun wen& is s delightful and Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum includlng regulaf courses, ihternships, independent studies and student teachingom two terms. Tkm I runsfrom June3-June 28, Term It runs from luly I-August 9. This brochure presents the Summer School Ppgrarn and wci5 correct at the time of publication. bmaden ing experience. Term I Term I I Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 24 April 24 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 3 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10.00 (No registrations will be accepted after this date) June 5 Holiday None Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W) June 17 July 22 Classes End June 28 August 9 Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 3 August 14 Summer Students m y take one course duringTerm I and h r v ~ cou,rsesduringTern 11. Unless otherwise indicated, ail courses carry a value of om course &it, the equiwalent of fwsemester urrdits crsfx quanerdits. Coum fulfilling Augsburgdistribution requirementsare SQ nored in the couwe descriptions. ,Cwtselmklsare indicated by the first digit of the three digit c ~ u ~ n , u m1bore 2, ~ lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate leveI. Cou-s Regutnrly Taught durfng the academic year are more fully d&crj'lbRd in the October AUGSBlJRG COLLEGE CATALOG. if:you need more information about a special summer offering, please contactthe Summer School Oftice Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. 1 Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall -230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Ruth Maertens, Secretary Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June3; Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on July 1. This procedure Includes canfirmation of all preregistered comes and applies to Tptern'shipsand independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 3 and July 1. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be p a ~ din full before confirmation of registration. Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the college should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 4 and June 5. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term II registrations completed on July 2 and July 3. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a CancelIAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 5 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 3 for Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to thei'Tuition Refund Policy". Augsburg Col lege admirs students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privilege, pmgrarns, and activities generally accorded or made milable to studen& at the school. It does not discriminateon the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-admi nistered programs. The tuition charge for Summer School is $340.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit) is $170.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 24 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $310.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 24. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term II courses on April 24; tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 24, students may preregister at the Registrat's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. 35W from the NorthTake Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrat's Office. Schedule of Refunds Refund (No refund after the dates listed below) Term I June 3 June4 June 5 June 6 June 7 Term I I 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 35W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers).Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. A U C C O S L B L U E R G G E FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8126 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. OM29 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F JUNE3-JUNE 28 SPA 111-8127 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speakingworld. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F OM23 ART ART 107-8100 DRAWING Bollman Drawingin pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects includestill-life, figures, building HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 410-8128 ADMINISTRATION &SUPERVISION Borstad OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationshipsto community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. ,W, Th M22 5:OO-8:00 p.m. M, 1 lntcdnrs and mreriors, and experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 1 :00-4:OQp.m. M, T, W, Th O M 17 Bollman ART 223-81011368-8102 PRINTMAKING I & II Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th OM17 HPE 491-8129 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE Utterberg Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. 1,Th and Arranged M5 (1st meeting 614, 6:00 p.m.) BIOLOGY Mickelberg HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. 10:30-1:00 p.m. Lect. M, T, W,Th,F 5205 1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab. T, W, Th 5214 BIO 103-8103 HPE 493-8130 ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION Husing OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. T,Th and Arranged M24 (1st meeting 614, 6:00 p.m.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 101-8104 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. D~st.:No. L1 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F HPE 495-81311496-8132 PROFESSIONALAFFILIATION 497-8133 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. BUS 135-8105 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Cerrito Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: NO. O M 10 9:30-11:50a.m. M, T, W, Th, F INTERNSHIPS HISTORY HIS 299-81361499-8137 Kader Arranged DIRECTED STUDY1 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged INTERDISCIPLINARY CHEMISTRY GENERAL ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL Staff CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: High school chemistry. 9:30-11:50a.m. lect. M,T,W,Th,F 5315 T, W, Th 5327 1:OO- 3:00 p.m. Lab. Arranged HIS 233-81341433-8135 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA Stadurn Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntary organizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race, ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes. M22 1:OO-4:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th BUS 261-8106 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and managementof funds within the firm; sources and uses, of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101, 102. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F M22 BUS 399-8107 Saugestad INS 399-8138 C H M 109-8108 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged NURSING I I NUR 303-8152 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I Nilsson (112 course) This course is oneof the transitional courses that introduce the student to components of the professional role and begin the professional socialization process. 9:30-l l:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 I ECO 120-8109 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Bv -, independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 122-81 10 1 PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS Gupta (MACRO) Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th M4 EDUCATION I I I EDE 353-81 11 YOUNG CHILDREN WITH R. Anderson SPECIAL NEEDS Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th, F OM22 (% course) June 10-21 EDE375-8112 DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD Pelton OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arranged. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30- 1l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F L4 PHI 120-8139 ETHICS Fuehrer This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them. Dist.: Yes. M4 9:30-1 l:50 a.m. M, T, W,Th,F INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey PHI 130-8140 Examination of ruleswhich govern valid argument sand aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-ll:50a.m. M, T, W, Th,F OM13 POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 158-8141 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D Hedblom PROCESSES An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Dist.: Yes. OM11 8:30-10:50 a.m. M, T,W, Th,F POL 299-81421499-8143 DIRECTED STUDY1 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Topic by arrangement) Hedblom POL 199-81441399-8145 INTERNSHIPS Hedblom Arranged STUDENT TEACHING Student teaching lor both efemntary and wondaw educalian Is d i e d by the Department d Eduqtl~n duringthegeneralpwiad lmm the middle of june ta the end olJuly.Thexact dates are determind tn conjunction with the school system. A l l of the m u m u w i r e acceptance intothe kpartmtof Educatimprogram. Cmtm tk Registfar's Offtce kurexaci dates and caurse number ta be used in registration. EDE 481-81 131482-8114 STUDENT TEACHING: R. Anderson 483-81 151484-8116 PREKINDERGARTEN Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDE 481-81 171482-8118 STUDENT TEACHING: Pelton 483-81 191484-8120 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDS 481-81211482-8122 STUDENTTEACHING: Fardig 483-81231484-81 24 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged LOVE I N LITERATURE ENG 269-8125 Blackburn ewrnim Ihrydep~ctImso f p d - k I=, IndludinqThe This course WIII of Songs," Ov~d's Tk+ArtOTbw, Shakespea& AwhPaandldCe~riaA ~Id$umril@r N~ght's Dream, ~ s ~ 1 o h nthenobrlowblmof ~ ~ e , FannyHill,hd manly IoveofA ~ b ~ m x r e d & v r o l 8 c 5 r t w r ~ t h e m q ; l n i n g f d l m a n d thus, perhaps, IaeItsdf. DM.: 9:30- 1l:50 a.m. M, T, W, Th, F M23 mg Arranged PSYCHOLOGY GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY PSY 105-8146 Anderegg Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior; research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes. 1:00-4:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th PI RELIGION REL 369-8147 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION I N Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.j. Class meets approximately every ither day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or 221. 9:30-ll:50a.m. M, T, W,Th, F SOCIOLOGY SOC 241-8148 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL Gerasimo ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas ofnprimitive", "civilized, and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, W, Th L1 SOC 199-81491399-8150 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N S A N D THEATER ARTS BEGINNING SPEECH SPC 111-8151 Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M, T, w, Th Cole M23 HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL EDUCATION JULY 1-AUGUST 9 ART ART 107-9100 DRAWING B. Olson As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media, pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, J, Jh OM17 ART 118-91011355-9102 PAINTING I & II B. Olson Watercolor-Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploringvariety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M, T,Th OM17 ART 132-91031132-9104 PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color, and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 2:30-6:00 p.m. M, W Section I OM4 6:00-9:30 p.m. M, W Section II BIOLOGY HPE 485-91 19 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES Lieske Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the handicapped. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th & Arranged M24 (1st meeting 7/2,6:00 p.m.) HPE 487-9120 NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY Lundgren An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M24 (1st meeting 7/1,6:00 p.m.) HPE 495-91211496-9122 PROFESSIONALAFFILIATION 497-9123 Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department. Saugestad Arranged HISTORY EASTERN EUROPE I N THE 2OTH S. Anderson CENTURY Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation of new "national statesnafter the war. World War II Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, and the start of the Cold War over East Europe. Also recent crises. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th HIS 239-91241339-9125 INTERDISCIPLINARY BIO 108-9105 MICROBIOLOGY Arvold Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No. 6:00-9:30 p.m. Lect. M, W 5205 J, Th 5202 6:OO-9:30 p.m. Lab INS 399-9126 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged MATHEMATICS MAT 114-9143 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 102-9106 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL Kader ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101. 6:00-9:30 p.m. J, Th 5205 BUS 145-9107 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Developmentof the theory of management, organization, staffing, planningand control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: No. 10:05-1l:30 a.m. M, J, W,Jh, F M23 BUS 399-9108 1 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged CHEMISTRY GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL Staff CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prereauisites: 109 or equivalent with de~artmental~ermission. CHM 110-9109 COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND B. Loe TRIGONOMETRY Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. Students who have completed 124 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Jh 5112 PHYSICS PHY 101-9127 ASTRONOMY PaulsonIStaff Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. J, Th LI POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 299-91281499-9129 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Topics by Arrangement) Hedblom Arranged POL 199-91301399-9131 INTERNSHIPS Hedblom Arranged RELIGION REL 111-9132 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Benson Zn intrnd~lrtinn t n t h ~ a r a d ~ m i c d i ~ c i n l i n ~ n f t h ~ n l n to e vtahn~dr l i a l n vhetween ~l~ -, 10:OO-12:OO N. Lab T, W,Th S327 ECONOMICS RELIGIONS OF INDIA: Benson HINDUISM & BUDDHISM Historical, literary and sociological perspectives from antiquity to present. Uses primary texts, Hindu ritual films. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M, T,W,Th,F M24 ECO 123-9111 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO) lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, w M22 SOCIAL WORK SWK 255-9134 GROUP WORK I N A Perry WILDERNESS MEDIUM Canoes-an eight day canoe trip in the Quetico Provincial Park of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge necessary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process of a winderness group as a social system. Dist.: No. Additional fee. (See instructor for details) ECO 353-91 12 ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL Gupta ECONOMICS Economics concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketingwill also be solved. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 123. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T, Th M4 I' I ENG 226-9114 CREATIVE WRITING Mitchell The purpose of the course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Dist.: No. 11:40a.m.-1:25p.m. M,T,W,Th OM11 I ENG 245-91 16 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Gidmark Introductionto the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particularattention will be devoted todmlopingcritical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommendedfor English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th M23 FOREIGN LANGUAGES SWK 499-9135 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Arranged SWK 399-9136 INTERNSHIPS Brown Arranged I ECO 392-91 13 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and bankingsystems, particularlycommercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W M4 ENG 241-9115 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ARTS Mitchell An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includesthe viewing and discussingof both feature length and short films. Dist.: Yes (for So., Jr., Sr.). 5:30-9:00 p.m. 5123 M, W w SOC 220-91 371320-9138 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal justice system, the legal profession, and corporate crime. Dist.: Psychology-Sociology. Prerequisites: 121 or Introductory Pol. Sci. course or permission of instructor. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M,T, W, Th,F M22 SOC 356-91 39 ISSUES I N CONTEMPORARY Bloom CORRECTIONS Analysis of adult correctional programsand processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th M22 SOC 199-91401399-9141 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER SPC 367-9142 THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th 2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565) GER 112-9117 BEGINNING GERMAN II Steinmetz Classroom practice in speaking, understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th OM29 SPA 112-9118 BEGINNING SPANISH II Kingsley Aims todwelop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th, F OM29 M24 REL 372-9133 ECO 120-91 10 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By inde pendent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ENGLISH - the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: ye; 10:05-1 l:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th,F A U C G O S L B L U E R G G E
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - - AUGSBURG COLLEGE MINNEAPOLIS Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural,...
Show more - - AUGSBURG COLLEGE MINNEAPOLIS Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1700 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 2-June 27, Term I1 runs from June 30-August 8. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term I Term I1 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 23 April 23 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 2 June 30 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 4 July 2 Holiday None July 4 Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 16 July 21 Classes End June 27 August 8 Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 2 August 1 3 Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Kathy Brown, Secretary P e r s o n s i n G o o d S t a n d i n g at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. O t h e r P e r s o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. A c c e p t a n c e as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. F i n a n c i a l Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 2. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 30. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 2 and June 30. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 3 and 4. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on July 1 and July 2. Registrations will not be accepted afler these dates. Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs and athletic and other school-administered programs. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 4 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 2 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $360.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $180.00 for each course. Laboratory/special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 23 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $330.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 23. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 23, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 23, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the Student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) Refund 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% Term I June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 6 Term I1 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 July 7 3 5 W from the NorthTake Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Ave.),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S. 1 - 9 4 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 1 - 9 4 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S. 3 5 W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn left at 2lst Ave. S. ENG 282-8140 EVIL IN LITERATURE - TOPICS Eaton 495-8141 Selected texts read and discussed to gain literary and historical insights into role and function of evil in our culture."Additional work required for upper division credit. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:00p.m. M,T.W.Th M5 . . - GER 111-8126 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmete Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM29 - - nrrE ART 107-8100 .WING As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:OO-12:OOIV. M,T,W,Th 06117 ART 118-8101/355-8102 PAINTING I & I1 B. Olson Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00N. ICI, T,W, Th O M 17 K. Anderson ART 352-8103 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY Study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 i I Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prereqaisites: Permission of instructor. 12:OO-3:00p.111. M,T,W,Th S205 BUS 101-8104 PRINCIPLES ACCOUNTING Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and h~ndamentalsof accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 BUS 145-8107 FUNDAMENTALS OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F 11.123 Morgan BUS 261-8106 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE Theory of acquisition, allocalion, and management of funds within the firm; sources and Llses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 101,102. 9:30-11:50a.111. M,T,W,Th,F M22 I BUS 399 INTERNSHIPS Staff Arranged with individt~alfaculty in the Department of Business Adminnistralion & Economics. SPA 111-8127 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 HPE 410-8128 ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION Borstau OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 320. 5:00-8:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HIS 299-8136 DIRECTED STUDY/ 499-8137 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged ITERDISC:IPI,INAII INS 399-8138 . I Slc INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged D J. J o h n s o n INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC IN PINE ARTS Explores relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. Dist.: Yes. 7:00-10:OOp.m. M,T,W,Th M22 MUS 130-8111 PHI 130-8132 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC Bailey Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 PHY 118-8163 LIVING THE SKY: Hollabaugh 318-8144 NATIVE AMERICAN ASTRONOMY Focus on archaelogical evidence left by the northern plains Indians at Medicine Wheel, Wyoming and the ruins of the Anasazi at Chaco Canyon, New Mexico and Hovenweep, Utah. Field course; 8 class days in Minneapolis and 15 on the road. Dist.: Yes. Limited enrollment; additional cost. For details, consult M. Hollabaugh, Department of Physics, (330-1019) ( - I CHM 109-8108 GENERAL. ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL stncf CHEMISTRY First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction Lo organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisiles: High school che~nistry. 9:30-11:50 a.m. Lect. M,T, W,Th,F S315 1:00-3:00 p.111. Lab. T, W,Th S327 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-8109 Study of economic in~plicationsof problems facing a metro-urban environmenl. By independenl study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged Gupta ECO 122-8110 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MACRO) Introduction to macro-econonlics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. A14 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F EUUCATION EDE 375-8112 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Osnes OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculunl, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. 9:30-11:50 a.m. ,\.I,T, W,Th,F L4 STUDENT TEACHING The Department of Educatio~loffers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. Exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. EDE 481-8113/482-8114 STUDENT TEACHING: Osnes 483-8115/484-8116 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged - STUDENT TEACHING Staff EDS 481-8121/482-8122 483-8123/484-8124 SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged . .-. - - ..--. ENG 257-8125 ADVANCED GnnMMAR AND STYLE Mitchell Systematic analysis of basic English structure through sentence dia> g a m m i n g , writing exercises, and analysis of selected poems. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: None. 5:00-8:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th M4 Palosaari UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied a s cultural documents a s well as works of art. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Eng 111 o r equivalent. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F L1 ENG 264-8139 - DIRECTED STUDY/ 499-8143 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Topic by arrangement) Hedblom POL 199-81451399-8146 INTERNSHIPS Hedblom Arranged Arranged .... dman OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methodology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. OM11 M,T, W,Th,F 8:30-10:50 a.m. Quanbeck REL 370-8150LITERATURE OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION Understanding of the spiritual life a s disclosed in significant Christian writings from the second century to the present. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM11 Holt INTERNSHIPS REL 199/399 8 weeks: June 16 - August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details. SWK 499-8151 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Arranged SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS Brown Arranged PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. J o h n s o n SOC 121-8154 Sociology a s a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM4 B. J o h n s o n SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY SOC 231-8155 An examination of the family a s a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. M23 6:00-990 p.m. M,T, W,Th Gerasimo INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY An examination of the ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and "progress": a comparison of alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th M24 7:00-10:00 p.m. SOC 241-8148 SOC 199-8149/399-8148 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged Siemel COMEDY IN THE SUMMER: THEATER PRACTICUM A workshop performance class which will rehearse and present a classic comedy o r farce; emphasis o n laughter and entertainment. Absolutely n o previous experience in theater necessary. Dist.: No. 6:OO-990 p.m. M,T, W,Th Stage 2 SPC 286-8152 INDEPENDENT Global Service STUDY Middle East: July B - August 1 4 Seminar and work project to learn about the life of Christians, Jews, and Muslims in the Middle East. For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159. INS 299-9123 499-9124 - - - ART 107-9100 D G Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-1 l:30 a.m. hI,T, W,Th OM17 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9103 ART 132-9104 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used a s a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. rCf, W Section I 01\14 1:30-4:15 p.m. 5:30-9:00 p.m. /\.I,W, Section I1 ART 223-9101 PRINT MAKING Bollman I & I1 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 9:30-11:30 a.m. M, T, W, Th Oh117 368-9102 INS 199-9125/399-9133 INTERNSHIP Global Service Hong Kong: J u n e 28 - August 16 Opportunity to teach English in refugee camps or a Lutheran youth center in Hong Kong. For information, call Center for Global Service and Education, 330-1159. INS 399-9126 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged I - - MUS 155-9129 ~ ! I @ x & S METHODS Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. Dist.: No. ('h course). 1st class session meets Monday, June 30 at 6:00 p.m. in Music Office. Other class times to be arranged. MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS Mickelson MUS 218-9130 For students and professionals interested in learning to develop recreational music activities for people with special needs. Basic Music Therapy techniques; also Orff Schulweik and non-traditional guitar. Course 6:OO-9:30 requirements satisfies p.m. for Mus 271. Dist.: Yes. (lh course) T,Th h126 Stacke JAZZ - A HISTORICAL SURVEY MUS 377-9131 Studjr of the styles, trends, and musicians of the jazz idiom from the early 1900's to the present. Lectures, listening, and demonstrations by guest musicians. Dist.: No. M,T, W,Th,F A123 10:05-11:30 a.m. ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND C. J o h n s o n HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th /\I24 PHI 380-9145 Cerrito I1 BUS 135-9106 Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors a s they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 1\1, W h122 G:00-9:30 p.m. COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS Schield AND ECONOMICS Introduction to COBOL and other nonscientific programming lang~iage software applications in Business. Dist.: No. IW, 14' 1M22 5:30-9:00 p.m. BUS 250-9107 - INTERNSHlPS Staff BUS 399 Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Administration & Economics. IOLOGICAL E ' CHM 110-9109 GENERAL, OR CHEMISTRY Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry; theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission. S315 i\I,T, W,Th,F 8:30-9:55 a.m. Lect. S327 T, W,Th 10:OO-12:OO I\'. Lab. ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh PHY 101-9127 Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical i n s t r ~ ~ m e n tuse s ; 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: Elementary algebra. 6:00-9:30 p.m. M, W h124 - IIJFICAL SCleNCl Kelly PUBLIC POLICY ISSUES Current and important American public policy issues analyzed and discussed. Visiting professor: Dr. Rita Mae Kelly, Arizona State University School of Public Affairs. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th 1\15 POL 295-9112 421-9134 Hirdman PSY 362-9143 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to conlmunity service agencies included. Prerequisites; Psy 105 o r Psy 121. Dist.: No. M23 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F . - -- - - -- - -- - - bbuixumlw ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella ECO 120-9110 Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 123-9111 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS Sabella (MICRO\ Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the lio~~sehold, firm, market structures and income dislribution. Application of elementary economic theory lo market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.111. I\/, W M23 - ECO 392-91 13 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly coniniercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 122 ICI,T,W,Th,F 8:30-955 a.m. I BNG 223-9114 WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND Schramer THE PROFESSIONS A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reporls, lelters, and proposals will be emphasized. Dist.: No. Prerenuisites: 11 1 or eauivalent. Mitchell INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ARTS ENG 241-9115 An investigation of the artistic qualities and the historical development of the film medium. The course includes the viewing and discussing of both feature length and short films. Dist.: Yes. (for So., Jr., Sr.) 6:00-9:30 p.m. T,Th S123 UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH Palosaari LITERATURE AND FILM Taughl at Camp Norway, Bandane, Norway. See Dr. Palosaari. Introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 a.111. CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holl AND ETHICS A study of Christian life froni two related perspectives: The styles of devotion and Lhe norms of ethics. Brief history of Christian spirituality, discussio~lof modes of prayer, and the implications of basic Christian teachings. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p.m. R.1, W OR11 7 REL 240-9138 440-9140 REL 199/399 INTERNSHIPS Holt 8 Weeks: June 16 -August 8 at Redeemer Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. See Dr. Holt, Department of Religion, for details. mae:*amSWK 499-9135 INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Arranged INTERNSHIPS Brown Arranged SWK 399-9136 SOC 356-9139 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY Bloom CORRECTIONS Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and sile visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.111. T,Th R.122 ENG 264 GER 112-9117 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Steinnietz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent. 8:30-955 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F 01\129 SPA 112-9118 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing- of elemenlary Introduction to cultitre of Spanish- Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-9:55 a.m. ICI,T,W,Th,F SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo SOC 375-9144 Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: 121 and Psy 105. I\/, W 11\4 6:00-9:30 p.m. - Gerasimo RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (P/N grading 6:OO-9:30p.nl. only) T,Th M22 SOC 383-9147 SOC 199-9148/399-9149 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged BEGINNIh" "PEECH Siemers SPC 111-9151 Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 10:05-11:30 a.m. hI,T, W,Th,F R.122 HIS 229-9119 TWENTIETH CENTURY S. Anderson GERMAN HISTORY This course examines important questions in German history through five different regimes: The Kaiselbrseich,the Weimer Republic, Hitler's Third Reich, and the postwar division of Germany into the capitalist Federal Republic and the socialist German Democralic Republic. 6:OO-9:30p.111. T,Th A14 329-9 120 HIS 299-9121/499-9122 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged SPC 354-9153 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Hall The dvnamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages,emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: No. 5:30-9:00p.m. M, W L1 SPC 367-9142 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 6:OO-9:30p.m. 2815 41st Ave. So., ~Clpls.,1ClN 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the ...
Show more - - J u g s burg College - - 7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H An Official Publication of Augsburg College Non-Profit Org. U.S. POSTAGE Minneapolis, Permit No. 2031 Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about 1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. Term1 Term11 (- \ Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 22 April 22 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due June 1 June 29 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (noregistrations will be accepted after this date) June 3 July 1 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 15 July 20 Classes End June 26 August 7 Grades Due in Registrar's Office July 1 August 12 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, /--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. 4.,burses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed Courses. Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call: I AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1026 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \ under special circumstatlcea. k .<) Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for Lhe Office of Admission. admission throi~gl~ Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at [heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and other school-administe~~ed programs. Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (33Ck1046). Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29. )xilance owing for tuition must be paid before i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. ' A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates. To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/ special fees are noted with course descriptions. Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00 for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per course applies only to those courses for which the student preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00 per course is required at this time and is applied to designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms. After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled. The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. 3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.) 1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% June 1 June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 29 June 30 July 1 July 2 July 3 1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. , 'I STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2 483-8083/484-8084 - - - Secondary Osnes/Staff - 1 - F~ REI LA C NN GYB~ES --SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, ", sneaking. n ". readini. ". and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M24 . - -. ---- - - - HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION - -- v - - - -B o l l m a n A R T 107-8001DRAWING Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes. 1:oo-4:oop.m. M,T,W , T ~ on- , - . HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1 SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~ ~orsGd Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11) Arranged I A R T 223-8002 PRINT MAKING I & 11 Bollm,.. 368-8003 Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM17 A R T 242-8008 FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP Rueten Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment. T,W,Th OM4 6:OO-9:00p.m. 9:OO-12:00 noon Sat. -- - - BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY Mickelberg Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes. S205 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect. M,W,Th,F T 12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab. PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION Borstad O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,T,W,Th L4 HISTORY - - HIS 239-8042 EASTERN EUROPE IN S. A n d e r s o n 339-8043 T H E 20th CENTURY Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. M,T,W,Th M24 5:OO-8:00 p.m. DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) -. INTERDISCIPLINHRY - BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - -- Gustafson HIS 299-/499- INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6 - - Arranged -- , - - INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged - BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6 COMPUTERS FOR Schield ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4 PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1 K~:J Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00 p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3 PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W M23 MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6 -- PIANO CLASS METHODS - - Nortwen (GROUP PIANO) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills. 'st.: No. (1/4 course). J Arranged -1 - ~OLITTAL SCIENCE - -- - -. a 0 6 0 WORLD POLITICS Goldman Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes. 8: 0.50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M5 I QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR Morgan ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability, sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104. 12:OO-3:00p.m. MtT,W,TYI M23 399-8066 BUS 279-8016 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Ka Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-, tration & Econimics. 44 Arranged --- -- PSYCHOLOGY_ - - - INTRODUCTION TO THE Hirdman WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY ;&5 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. .do-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M22 - r ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis, " . monetarv and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M4 EDUCATION - EDE 255-8037 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION Osnes EDS 265-8038 IN AN URBAN SEITING Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above. Arranged EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD Endorf OF KINDERGARTEN Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No. Arranged EDE 363-8039 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) I ) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged - - - S.-T U D E N T TEACHING -The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made. STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of college and public school personnel. Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department. Arranged EDE 481-8071/482-8072 483-8073/484-8074 - PSY 121-8060 Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff EDE 481-8061/482-8062 483-8063/484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Osnes/Staff BDE 481-8066/482-8067 483-8068/484-8069 Kindergarten Osnes/Staff RBL 369-8070 RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN Skibbe MODERN LITERATURE Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor. 9:30-11:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M23 ~ A W O RLK - SWK 410-8085 FAMILY VIOLENCE M. Brown Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission. 2:OO-590p.m. M,T,W,Th OM4 SWK 399-8082 INTERNSHIPS (May continue through Term 11) M. Brown Arranged - - SOCIOLOGY --. - SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50a.m. M,T,W,Th,F M4 JX 3C 2 3 1-8076 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY B. J o h n s o n examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M22 r SOC 265-8077 RACIAL AND MINORITY Gerasimo GROUP RELATIONS The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading only). 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th L1 SOC 199-8078/399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Hesser Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS SPC 111-8079 BEGINNING SPEECH Lapakko Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No. 1:OO-4:00p.m. M,T,W,Th M5 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTLNE H CHEMICAL ors st ad DEPENDENCY EDUCATION An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00p.m. M, w M5 (June 29-July 15) HISTORY HIS 250/9051 INTRODUCTION TO Brueee MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division credit. G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M23 350/9053 - ART ART 107-9001 DRAWING 8. Olson A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M,W,Th - - - ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11 B.OI-dn Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes. 9:00-12:00 N. M, W,Th OM17 ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00. 1:30-5:00p.m. M, W Seclion I OM4 M,W Section I1 330-9:00 p.m. HIS 299-499 DIRECTED STUDY/ INDEPENDENT STUDY (Diverse Topics: See Instructor) Gustafson Arranged - - Y ~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS PHILOSOPHY - PHI 380-9055 - Hesser Arranged - ETHICS OF MEDICINE C. J o h n s o n AND HEALTH CARE Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 330-9.90 p.m. M, W M24 -- ; 1310 203-9010 PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION Mickelberg Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 1l:40-1:25p.m. M,T,W,Th S205 -- B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H - -- - -- + BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR Herzog ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: High school algebra. 1:30-3.35p.m. M,T,W,Th S112 PHY 101-9060 - ASTRONOMY Hollabaugh Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary algebra. G:00-9:30p.m. M, W MZ2 POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E POL 365-9065 TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR. NUCLEAR WEAPONS Il~r! History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I G:00-9:30p.m. T,Th M24 POL 199-9066 INTERNSHIPS ,' BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 So; . Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: BUS 221. 10:05-11:30a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M4 BUS 252-90 17 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln Hedblom 399-9067 Arranged )LOGY PSY 2--/SO70 I - PSYCHOLOGY AND HMman CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement). - - i -BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th M4 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics. - e - -- - ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES S~G Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes. Arranged ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~ nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, w M5 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No. Prerequisites: ECO 112,113. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W - EDE 363-9035 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE McNeff Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences: video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ENG 282-9040 TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES: Garrison CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes. M,T, W,Th M5 FOREIGN LANGUAGES SPA 112-9046 BEGINNING SPANISH 11 " Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish. . speaking world. Dist.: Yes. - 8:30-9:55a.m. M,T, W,Th,F M22 SPA 21 1-9046 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I Kingsley Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts. 6:OO-9:30p.m. M, W -- - M23 AEL 486-9078 I I I~ I PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION Beneon AND THEOLOGY Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th M5 SOC 366-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No. - - -- 1:30-5:00p.m. SOC 199-9081/399-9082 INTERNSHIPS H m r Arranged M4 McNeff OF TEACHING READING EDS 351-9034 Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T, W,Th L1 (July 20-August 6) 11:40-125 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m. - EDUCATION - RELIGION -REL 3--/SO76 RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Beneon A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes. M23 - SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Abrame SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: No. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, w OM1 1 SPC 367-9086 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No. T,Th 2815 41st Avenue South, 6:OO-9:30p.m. Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565) -r 1
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Tuition R+nd Policy The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates li...
Show more Tuition R+nd Policy The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed.) Refund Term I Term I1 10O0/o May 31 June 1 June 2 June 3 June 6 June 27 June 28 June 29 June 30 July 1 901 '0 80% 70OO / 60% Canzpus Location 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. 1 Central ,Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. % Term I Term I1 -- Preregistration with Tuition Discount Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due April 13 April 13 May 31 June 27 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 2 June 29 Holiday None July 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) June 14 July 18 Classes End June 24 August 5 Grades Due in Registrar's Office June 29 August 10 Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27. Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Calendar Summer 1988 Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31. Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses. Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Augsburg in the Summer - Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11; Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions. The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June 29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses. To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." Information and Fom~s E l igibility Fees Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit courses, and $140 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Laboratory and special fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the individual course descriptions. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Memorial Hall - 230 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1025 Pat Parker, Director Kay Thomsen, Secretary Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact . the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and itudents admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of to ~ ~ g wishing ~ ~ ~ begin a degree program at the College should for the Officeof Admission. A Tuition Discount is available to students who preregister on April 13 for Term I and Term I1 Summer School courses. Courses that you sign u p for on this date are billed at the following rates: $360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit courses. To receive this tuition discount, a deposit of $50 per course is required. Please note: This tuition discount applies only to courses so designated on April 13. The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrollment. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course without loss of discount. After April 13 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $50 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except when a course is cancelled. To Avoid Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Some courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. I I I :A;?: Summer School - - A RT ART 107-8155 DRAWING B.Olson Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh OM17 ART 118-8157 335-8158 B. Olson PAINTING I AND II Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes. 8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh OM17 ART 352-8156 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY K. Anderson Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship to women's place w ~ t l i ~the n cultural, economic, and sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes. 12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh M22 BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION BUS 221-8014 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d preparation of financial statenients Dist : No. 8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F 5112 BUS 242-8013 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie piofcssional manager Dist.: No. h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th M22 BUS 252-8159 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Meziou Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in e smarketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion, t, marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No. 5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i M23 BUS 322-8160 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I Kader Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent asscts Dist.: No. I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. 6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli P2 BUS 331-8161 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Morgan Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No 8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F L1 BUS 370-8162 ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Schield Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing Dist.: No. P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279. 6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh 5112 BUS 399-8019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of Business Adniinist~atio~l & Economics ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y Dist.: Yes. Time Alrsliged ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic grorvth Dist.: Yes. 6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th 5315 - EZUJATION EDE 253-8033 EDS 264-8163 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or ED5 352. (112 course) 6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ LI EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Endorf Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time Arranged - - ENGLISH MATHEMATICS ENG 2--4167 GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN AMERICAN LITERATURE Bodziock The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes. 5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh M4 MAT 122-8182 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Kaminsky Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s ,~pplic~ttions to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il \\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t Dist : Yes Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the Augsburg mathematics test 9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F 1'2 EDE 377-8178 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Osnes Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course) 630-9:30p.m. T LI EDE 387-8165 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Olson Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course) 4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh Ll EDS 352-8166 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary) Staff Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required. Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arranged. STUDENT T L S H J N ( ; - The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary and secondary education during the general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made EDE 363-8039 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL EXPERIENCES McNeff Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional teacher organizations required. Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE i 363 (112 course) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A rr;i ngcd STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No. 1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt Arranged EDE 481-80711482-8072 483-80731484-8074 Kindergarten and Elementary Staff EDE 481-80611482-8062 483-80631484-8064 Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff EDE 481-80661482-8067 483-80681984-8069 Kindergarten Staff EDE 364-8164 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES McNeff Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course) 6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1 Ll STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment Arranged EDS 481-80811482-8082 483-80831484-8084 Secondary Staff M4 FOREIGNLANGUAGE - - - GER 111-8169 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith t s no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes. MS R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F SPA 111-8044 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I) SPA 111-8170 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I) M23 5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11) 5319 HPE 410-8040 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d HI'E 320 Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc: . M5 5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th - - HISTORY HIS 341-8179 TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY Bruess An introduction to some of the main topics in European history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European politics and society. Examination of the background to thc wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients. Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes. /:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i M4 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8046 INTERNSHIPS A I ,a rigcd - - Hesser - MAT 131-8171 MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky Examination of tlie interaction between the development of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Dist.: Yes. Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the Augsburg mathematics test. 6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh 13 NUR 432-8172 HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT Enos Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with \z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as n ~ ~ r s i nstudents. g Dist : No. 12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh At15 pJ PSYCHOLOGY PSY 121-8060 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F M24 RELIGION ---- REL 215-8175 Quanbeck ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings. Dist : Yes. h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi M24 SOCIAL WORK SWK 360-8176 HUMANS DEVELOPING Link Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No. 1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh 5112 SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS SWK 499-8154 INDEPENDENT STUDY A~,r~i!iged Alrariged M. Brown M. Brown POLITICAL SCIENCE- SOCIOLOGY POL 326-8173 POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR Morris Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process Dist.: Consent of department chairperson. Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of instructor. 9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F 5319 SOC 121-8075 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY B. Johnson Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs. 5315 8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F POL 461-8174 NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS Goldman History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson 6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th 14' POL 199-8052 POL 399-8056 INTERNSHIPS A rrdngcd POL 499-8093 INDEPENDENT STUDY 'Topic hy arrangement A !ranged SOC 231-8076 B. Johnson SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional and cultural context. Dist : No. 5315 12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i SOC 199-80781399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS Hedblom Hedblom SPC 345-8177 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko Esimines communication aspects of human organizations, focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures), biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No. 8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F M22 I mm A RT ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.) 2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I) 6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS Herzog Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No. I'rc.~~cquisite: High school algebra. 6:00-9:30p.m. M,W Sll2 BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No, I'rerequisite: BUS 221. 8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F 5112 BUS 252-9017 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING Cerrito Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No. 6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th 5112 BUS 399-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/? d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin t y the Dcpertn?ent o t B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics. ECONOMICS ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only.. Dist.: Yes. Time Armngcd ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Sabella [ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9330 p . m . TTI? OM11 Augsburg June 27- August 5,1988 ECO 313-9131 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS Schield Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. Dist.: No. Prerecluisite: ECO 113 5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th Summer School ENGLISH NURSING 19 ECO 315-9032 MONEY & BANKING Gupta Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\, and policy. Dist.: No. I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113, 6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll 5315 EDUCATION EDE 341-9132 EDS 341-9133 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Staff Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course) 6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst 4) L1 EDE 351-9033 EDS 351-9134 TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING McNeff S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No. 11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh M22 EDE 376-9155 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Fleener Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course) h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t L7 EDE 379-9135 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: ART Davies Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course) 6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20) L1 EDE 386-9136 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course) LI 600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4) EDS 350-9156 Heikkila READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course) 6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27) L4 GER 112-9139 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Steinmetz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes. 8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th OM10 SPA 112-9045 Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-9152 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world. Dist.: Yes. 8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I) OM11 5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II) M23 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 115-9047 HEALTH AND CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCATION Borstad An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course) 6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74) M2.3 HIS 331-9140 A TALE OF TWIN CITIES: MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988 Jensvold A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111 metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. Iiistory) 6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W M23 INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS A I-ranged Hesser NUR 403-9087 CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No. Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR NU R 432-9141 THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP Enos How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes attention to methodology involved. While the course is designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful. Dist,: No. S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI? OM18 -- PHILOSOPHY PHI 380-9055 ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND HEALTH CARE C. Johnson Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V OM13 - - PHYSICS - PHY 101-9060 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra. 6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll PHY 103-9142 Hollabaugh PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra. 6:00-9:30pm. M,W OM11 POL 199-9027 399-9067 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hedblom POL 499-9028 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arranged Hedblom POL 499-9143 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arranged Noonan SOCIOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY PSY 121-9144 INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data, and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll OM13 PSY 362-9145 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY Hirdman Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to community service agencies included. Dist.: No. Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121. 8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F M24 RELIGION REL 111-9146 INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY Holt Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F M22 REL 341-9147 CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING Holt Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W 5315 SOCIAL WORK SWK 399-9023 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Brown SWK 499-9148 INDEPENDENT STUDY A I-ranged Brown POLITICAL SCIENCE POL 342-9153 SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and controlof mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes, 6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI? 5319 SOC 265-9149 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS Bloom The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations. Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes. OM18 6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W SOC 356-9080 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes. Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No. I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11 5112 SOC 199-90811399-9082 INTERNSHIPS Arranged Hesser SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom (See course description under POLISPC 342). 6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll 5319 SPC 354-9151 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION Bart The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers. Dist.: No. OM10 6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W SPC 367-9085 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Cole Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No. 6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll 28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth, Ie Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Central Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls du...
Show more Central Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls during the academic year, is cnriclied by tlic liiany cultural, sport ancl recreational activities found in this vibrant ~iietropolitanarea. An active s u m m e r combining classes and participation in mctl.oyolitan events is a dcliglitful a n d broadening cxpericncc. Augsbuvg in the Summer Augsburg Collegc provides a diverse sulnliier curriculum including regular courses, internships, inclependent studies and student teaching over t w o terms. Term I runs from May 30 - J u n e 23, l e r m 11 runs from J u n e 26 - August 4. This brochure presents the Summer Scliool Program a n d was correct a t tlic ti~iieo f publication. Calendar Summer 1989 Term I Term I1 Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 12 April 12 May 30 J u n e 26 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 1 J u n e 28 Holiday None July 3 & 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) J u n e 13 July 17 Classes End J u n e 23 August 4 Grades Due in Registrar's Office J u n e 28 August 9 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due I Summer Students may take one coursc 'luring T c r ~ nI and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all C O L I ~ S C Scarry a value of one coc~rsccredit, I ~ crcdils or six rl~lartcrcredits. C o ~ ~ r s fulfilling cs the ecluivalcnt of ~ O L semester Augsburg distribution rccluircments arc so notccl in the course descriptions. Course Levels arc indicated by [lie first digit of tlie three digit co~rrscn~rmbcr:1 or 2, lower division, primarily for fres1imc:n and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during tlic academic year arc morc fully described in tlic Augsburg College Catalog. If you nccd morc information about a special summer offering, please contact tlie Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the sumnicr in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic prograni in an agency, government, or industry. Consult tlic Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Ilousing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School arc advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may bc dropped. The College Reserves the Right to cancel listcd courses. Information and Forms Eligibility Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1786 Elizabeth VanderSchaff Director Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a surnmer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. C -.-- Term I Summer School studcnts arc r e q ~ ~ i r ctod confirm their regi~tr~itions on May 30. Terin 11 rcgistrations ~iiustbe confirmed on June 26. l'his procedure includes confirmation of all prercgisterccl coi~rscsand applies to internships and independent sti~diesas well as to rcgi~larlyschccl~~led COLI~S~S. Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.lii. a n d 6:30 p.111. o n May 30 'ind June 26. The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid beforc registration is confir~iied. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A Late Fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations co~iipletedon May 3 L and June I. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Tcrni 11 registrations completed on June 27 and June 28. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To Change Your Registralion, r ~ t ~ cyour c l rc,gislra[ior~,ildd a c t ~ ~ ~i)r~drop ~ s ta~ , C O U I ~(ind S ~ ~ 1 i r ~in ~ 1dlloii1~'r 1 ct)urfic, ('ill out 3 C , ~ l i ~ ~ = l litrm A d ~at l LIII~ [Zcgistl-iir's 0ffic.c. 'lhcrr i s a rhnrgc 4)t $5.00 ~ L I I c . l~~ingin ,I grrt;islralir~~~ ,it'trr Lhc first cl;~!? of oilch Icrnm. 'l'hisI I I L I N ~ clt)n~'t ~ y3:30 p.111.0 1 1 JISIII*1 il)~ 'I'P~III I ct)ltrsrs anrl t ~ y 331) p.m. LIII lunc. 2s [c~r'fPrnl 11 courscs. 'I'his proccrlurc app1ic.s to intv~,nships,i~-rd i~~ciepvndcnt studies as wcll as s~~licdulcil t.c)ilrscs. Any ~C'IIIIILI~ I I. *~ C I ~ L I S I I I I C ' 01 I~~ fcus is Jctcrmit>rJ sccol-~ii~ig to thc "'('i~iliot~ liCftrt~dP<rlicy." b ~ b Fees The Tuition Charge for 1989 S i ~ m m e r School courses is as follows. $450.00 for full-credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Laboratory and special fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the individual course descriptions. A Tuition Discount is available to students who preregister on April 12 for Term I and Term I1 Summer Scl~ool courses. Courses that you sign LIP for on this date are billed at the following rates: $420.00 for full-credit courses, $310.00 for half-credit courses, and $150.00 for fourth-credit courses. To receive this tuition discount, a deposit of $50.00 per course is required. Please note: This tuition discount applies only to courses so designated on April 12. The $50.00 per course dcposit is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrolllnent. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit ref~mdor substitute another course without loss of discount. After April 12 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $SO.Ol) 111ition deposit. This deposil i s ,lpplicd to drsignatcd ctwrsc tuitioti drirl is non-rpfundahlr and nun-translcrable except when a course is cancelled. To Avoid Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Some courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. I I I Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed.) Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% May 30 May 31 June 1 June 2 June 5 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 June 30 Campus Location DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS MISSISSIPPI 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscrimination Policy di8Crimhakonthe basis &ace, creed, national or Au&sbqgCollege doe6 ethnic on@, age,marital ~~IIzs, w of handicap asrequkd $ Title IX of the 19TLE#uWonaI AmendmmB of M i o n YH of the I P e h a i o n Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. mnoo moo May 30-June 23, 1989 ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS ART ART 107-8155 DRAWING Williamson D r a w i n g i n pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels, Subjccls i n cludc still-life., figi~rcs,b u i l d i n g inlcriors, cxlcriclrs, cxpcrimcntal w o r k . Dist.: Yes. ~.00-8.00}I.III. M,T, W.1'11 OM'' ART 352-8156 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY K. Anderson Study o f wolncn's image i n 1111. visual arts i n relalionship to women's place w i t h i n t ~ i c~UIILIIYII, cconclmic, and sociological cnvironnicnt o f each period. Dist.: Yes. 12:lJll-3:011 p.111. M,T,W.l'lr BUSINESS ADMINISTI<A'I'ION EDUCATION EDE 253-8033 264-8163 ORlENTATION TO EDUCAT1ON I N AN URBAN Germundsen Stildy a n d investipation o f various aspects o f the tcaclii n profession. Dist.: Yes, w h e n c o m b i n e d \\fit11 EDE 365 o r EDS 352. (112 coursc) OM16 G:llO-9:lJfl /I,III. Ad, W EDE 351-8034 BUS 221-8014 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Jntrq$wtibn h, b w h o s s activities, basic concepts ancl &dnl?.p&kl re ~ 'I Gupta I n t r o d u c t i c ~ n to macl-11-cconc~mics; n a l i u n a l i n c o m e analysis, m o n c l a r y a n d fiscal p o l i c y , intcl'nalional trade, econc~~uic ~ r o w l l i .Disc.: Yes 9:,31J 51Jfl,lll, ,$.f.,w,~fyl,l: OM11 Struss f a r m u n t i n g , the accountin 7 cycle a n d f&noflmr,rinl sta!cmcnts. Dist.: ~ #?tit. ~M;r,W,' $ r'l~,I I l I&. BUS 252-8159 Meziou BUS 322-8160 ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I . Kader Analvsis o f accountinc theor\,, pertainin,: t o financial statc;iicnts, income cc;~ice~ts, current a n a n o n - c u r r e n t asscts. ~ . Disl.: -. No.~ Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. G:l10-9:OO 11.11~M,?', W . ? ~ I BUS 340-8220 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito O M 11 BUS 495-8221 BUSINESS ETHICS: CORPORATE CRIME A N D VIOLENCE A gudy ofWii!st#p%ibitik kr m i c t y i n c l u i i i n g p ~ ednms mvidue,q,w, md b& apbrcs persons h i e i n a PWr(d, f,mm mllral WM rw~~ian,P;P"T~hDna,(hr sysa n d behavior. reascln . te&&Ily Dish,:NoJ- $ budncsa wnduct 1:0~~4:1Jfl paIII~ M,T, W,'lh OMI3 BUS 199-8019 INTERNSI-IIPS Kader Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f Business Administration & Bcono~nics. ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe,la ,: Study o f economic implications o f ~ ~ r o b l c mfacins s m e t r o - u r b a n c n v i r o n l n c n t . By i n c p e n d c n t st11 y Dist.: Yes. EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Endorf EDE 379-8182 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Scott ART E x a m i n a t i o n a n d re. a r a t i c ~ no f m a t e r i a l s a n d resources for art at t$e R i n d c r p t r l e n a n d elementary levels. Lab. cx wrienccs. Dist.: No. (114 coul.sc) LI 2:OlJ-5:00 ,.II. h' EDE 382-8183 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination a n d preparation o f materials a n d resourccs for m a t l i c m a t ~ c sinstruction at the k i n d e r levels. Dist.: No: (112 coursc) OM16 EDE 383-8184 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Lindow ,,laterials and ~~~~~~~~~lP~~~~ r c x ~ u r c e sfur physical e d u c a t i o n a n d h e a l t h a t t h e k i ~ i d e r v r t e na n d elementary lei~els.Lab. cxpcrienccs. Dist.: h o . (112 course.) OM9:3lJ-11:50 fl.111. M,?',W.TII,F (MII!~30-11111c9, - EDF 388-8185 -- - . .- - EDS 388-8201 Mueller HUMAN RELATIONS on Ith &n$g,of v?lues, ?f c~rnrnunicaiiun &I ted!niquw+ and or 4 r major mrnor!ty gntups in Minnemtn fnt , e &vrluprnent of I n t e r c r u r * n a l +kiliso$&& a h a , teai-hin and l h f r p r o b r $ I ~ Awmtions * I all. DI$: NI. l l R ruuswl R v Y r e d br all , ptay and Scrlndaq FAuca~tirm ,a majors. 5:00-8:f10 I~.II~. M ,W EDS 350-8202 Heikkila READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS Sludy and utilization of a variety of tccliniqi~csand resources to assist s t u d e n t s in teaching r e a d i n g through the content areas. Dist.: No. (112 cc~ursc) OM73 6:00-9:OU{I.111. M , W EDS 352-8203 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (SECONDARY) Staff Inaludc~7 0 , h u u r s in-scl~oolcxpcrienccs, seminars. McrnEvdrp In clnc of the profcssiunal teacher orjianimtbns ~ u i r r dDist.: . Yes, when co~nbincdwith EDS HPE 410-8040 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Hiaofcal background, legal bases, school health wrvi~eu,a n d relationships to community health q f a r n n n d resources. Dist.: No. Ftprc9uitsite: HPE 320 $$K&B,#I~.III,M,T, W,Tlr OM2.3 DEVELOPMENTAL A N D ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summcr School Office for details. II HISTORY HIS 239-81861339-8195 EASTERN EUROPE IN THE 20TH CENTURY SPECIAL EDUCATION EDS 282-8204 INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL EDUCATION Heikkila Introduction to tlie field of special education. An cxamination of the nature, causis, and educational inter- O M 10 ENG 261-8167 MODERN FICTION B. Andersen Significant wol'ks of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of tlie twentieth c e n t u r Some nonwestern writers will be included. Dist.:);cs. 2:00-5:00p.111. M.T. W,Tlr OM16 ENG 282-8168 ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL wttty, and even adn$rtlblr. Ewil Is also a I~ar. ma idfdradr Ilps emptlna o n d d e s p ~ r Whcm evB ip tke mast d f im nt, 11 k l~kelyto he w & u h o t trivial. cmc. 'the encliantment of evll." will b e e ~ nw ~ t ha studv of Rena~ssance writers l i k e ' ~ h a k c s p & r e , Marlowe 'and Milton a n d conclude with works of 20th century writers like C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdocli. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50n.111.M,T, W.TII,F OM11 tbm-t SOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8169 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz *wm, wcticc speaking, understanding and rcadh ~ i kce r ~ i i a nfol. s t u d e n t s witli n u previous mnd in Germa~i:,DisL.: Yes. OM73 ,BB&%:@ n.$,r. M,T, W , l r , ~ ,a SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) SPA 111-8170 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kin sley Aims to develop four basic skills: Undcrstaniin speaking, reading and writin 7 of elementary ~ p a n i s f ; Introduction to culture of kpanisli-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50n.ri!. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Scctiorr I ) OM10 5:30-7:50p.ur. M,T, W,Tlr,F (Scctior~11) OM78 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL CDUCATION HPE 114-8041 HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION Enos Prlnclpals a n d pmUrccs af sbr rdwatiitn In school and comrnunIky Inrludes ilrdnktlaj~ahwt school health p r o m m u and pwvakn,t henlth n w d s a n d ~ h wa lge c11Uhn nnd h i n d m n lied problems Cross F~rstA1 cam. DM.:W V ( L ~ Z W W ~ ~ ? ) 12 00-3 00 p II! T,7 11 &. 01 II MUSIC 1I MUS 218-8205 MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS Griffin Evil, thou&~ r b e p t Edmulrd S p w e r , 1s a sort of eucmtmcdf, in teaturn, evil j5 atkn ~~ntercstlng, Be%%% II INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8046 INTERNSHIPS Arrn~~ged ENGLISH ch S. Anderson brdnt!$ th@hAtIorknlily problem In Au\trla, Russla and German nnd the meation of new " n a t ~ o n a l stat-" n b &war. World War ll N ~ Loccu I 7atlon to ps1war %I& dqniinntton, the y t a l t of tlie &old War auw Fssl B u W g , n11g mure viyxnf cvc~llb D I S .~Yes T ~upper dlvlslcln c r e d ~ t Addltlotl~lWII re ~ I I for 9iWl1SBn.nr. M,T%, n1.r OM23 OM29 6 00-9 00 11 111, r,T11 NURSING . NUR 432-8172 HEAI.TH Enos . . - .- ...AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT The cwm 411focus an plnlng a betlw bnderstnhdin& nf oner@Own hmlth and deveta mt 8s a human tmng; it wlll BIW dml d w h tl ways oI%&m others wth in h a areas. ~ r i s S ~ s t t c ErWuon, ~ulkr$P#rurnan. m i h . . e .m . Lncluhd. Own tn nun-nurdh~ '> studenis aa we1 ns n>&hgetydC'aty. Dist.: MI. 9;3&1150~~lr!rr. M.I",W,?k,F OM25 II in f i r SF$, &duva, PHYSICS PHY 111-8208 PHYSICS COMPWEKfi, A N D SOCIETY A siudur(vnfthwlritarial dcvdonmibnt aE sclectdd tnwcs in h y a d denm. ~ttt'lldanJill bcgiwn to lfw Giw~r physics md ik ~ O W P ~~ +, I I L , I ~?it! philuva hy, rcli#w, and cdiufe. bud ~ll lh ant?, up a d!~r find igita~elmc1rr1cs-w+ rusrinn nf the m~anincof twrrhtrttr cmturv L*~YNCS &d b;hc &,,of ckc&nics nd mmptrtcn ih *tm mei v t ~ f ~ ~ m p t t q ex$m!ve~y in the k++@&. hrrquhlr: Math Aamnrehh G w p I1 M$, . 43 I A 1 PHY 118-8209 SOCIAL WORK , and Lhes vtdw sthe Amlrayli at Chrll'd and ownwwv; UM. A ,held tdp'c&ree with ap rbximainly fit&rr day:, T e n t travatb t s varicrus dPas in *r sou+h-. DM: es. # Slr~rrrrrerSdloul Ofice. POLITICAL SCIENCE pol, '121.azll ~ m i C k GOYWMEMT N A M mmm M O W fhe polltin of Amefieap :~uvelrihIL'pIIncIttiiifig tlrrr WWUI p n r t f ~idsag; l the pttm OEparlidptiotv ~ke dynamfcs of cobgte&siona't,, prea'rdant~ialand, & e a ~ a a t t e pal& njaklng: and rwrrmt issues Lh m n wcw. ~,w. P3174XMl a.lr. M,qW,lkip OM27 ,At,: SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrlgerl M. Brown SWK 499-8154 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arrnrrp>d M. Brown SOC 121-8075 P I U N ~ Dl! L ~~ C m . ~ B. Johnson $mi& r u $ g m ~ r uan;rlpis f or way of knowlng Its b8 fin un&shnding of b a s ~ caspects of a p p;&&mtlM, ~i8~ &et tiJl%.:? iddbmumr@fion +Hti~ol *f th5 YW ~ n d ~ B *i ixi~ i m rlhni as em. we.: Terms 1 aid II, Fqur stl n a r 4 ~ M d n l h t m m i a n * I f l d e p ~ a d e ~wflttcn ~l w#nmahts, shwt h h & r Mny 31, JUT T4, uly 5, and fiiudonm muat anI'd -tmwJ . t@b~~:~~~m. tM38 I &MU ,iifc, social ~nequnllt~e\, Ye5 M;I+.W.~ OM 10 ltlBtllUrn* utc. SOC 231-8076 B. Johnson SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY A n examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustllicnt and divorce. The relationshi of the family to its institutional and cultural contcxt. gist.: No. 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T, W,'llr,F OM29 SOC 199-8078 SOC 399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Arrflrfgd Hesser SPGSM, COMMUNICA'I'ION AND '1 1 II:,Vl RI: ARlflS POL 199-8052 POL 399-8056 INTERNSHIPS A~rnr1,ycd Hedblom POL 499-8093 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topic by arrangement. Arrfllr$~.d Hedblom PSY 105-8215 Jesness GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An bdmdudicm 10 the methods and a proaches u w d ose of un#er5tandlng bef~eldof psychology, Ine r n p h a s ~ ~ eD d ~ s t Yes OM10 RELIGION - REL 369-8218 smo L College Summer school BUS 315-9013 MONEY & BANKING ART 118-9001 ART 335-9005 Bollman PAINTING I A N D 11 MfnkWIpr -hcryIic; translating the visual w o r l d o f natwm, Irridscapes, still-life, i ~ s i n gdesign conccpls, Gupta Monelary a n d b a n k i n g systems, particularly comlncrcia1 banks, a n d the Federal Reserve System; m o n e t a r y theorv a n d volicv. Dist.: No. dcvelnpfnl; pem~nalcxpl-csslon a n d ex l o r i n g varlcty ut tcchniqtlm. W ~ u k l ycl.itiqi~cs.Dist.: $s. BUS 323-9012 ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I1 Kader OM17 A n analysis o f a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o i n vestments, tangible a n d intangible fixed assets, liabilit i c s a n d r c s c r v c d , o c t i ~ a r i a ll o p i c s . A d d i t i o n a l c~iiphasison income dclcrmination, considering price level changes. (I'rereqilisitc: BUS 322) Dist.: No. 6:00-9:30 }i.!!r. 7',711 O M 11 SkWiflfl p,llr. '!+,7'l/ ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen Friederichsen The camera used '1s a tool for visilal crcalivitv a n d cxprcssion; black a n d w h i t e , color and p h o ~ o g r a h i c Erc!cesses N W ~ tl ~ a ~nllll ~ c~a n i c S r a "is,.: s t l ~ n a t c dcclsl o f film. ctc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class slze limited.) 2:OO-5:30 {i.rrr. M , W (Sccfk~rr1) 6:llO-9:30 p.!rr. M , W (Scctror! 11) Ves, ART 223-9002 ART 368-9004 PRINTMAKING I A N D I1 BUS 199-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f Business Administration a n d Econonlics. ECONOMICS Bollman Principles a n d methods o f p r i n t m a k i n g in a variety o f m c d i a i n c l u d i n g c t c l i l n g , silkscreen a n d w o o d c u t . Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 11.11~T,Tlr O M 17 ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Basic b i v l g i n l conubpts f r c l ~ na n ank$t!%%E f oint of view. An n t t e m p t to answer s u c h qupslions arr: R ~ i a rnakcs t man just another m e m b e r of thr biotic f d d ? DWh. man have a niclic i n the ecosyste~n?What influen* d o e m n have 011 the c n v i r o t i m @ n t ? Wllet influence does tlic environment, especially the u r b a n i n v i r o n ~ n c n t ,have o n m a n ? ( A student l n a y n o t rccclvc credit for b o t h 101 a n d 103.) k t . : Yes. 1:15-3:15 p.rrr. M,T, W,Vr Sabella I n t r o d u c t i o n to micro-economics. the t h e o r v of the household, firm, market s t r i l c t u r ~ sa n d i n c h c distribution. Application o f elementary economic Llieory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 / J . J I I . M, W OM23 ~ BIO 101-9010 HUMAN BIOLOGY Sabella Study o f economic implications o f p r o b l e m s facing a m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . Bv indck?enclent s t i ~ d v only. Dist.: Yes. Arrnrls19d ~~ - EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION EDE 341-9132 EDS 341-9133 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Staff P s y c l i o l o g i v a I nnd p h i l n a l ~ p l i i c a ld i m e n s i o n s o f c o m m u n i c a l i o n through the u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l technology. Scltrtion, p r e p a m t i o n , p r o d u c t i o n , a n d BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS A N D evaluation of effectiveau?io.vlsual ~ n a t c r i a l sfor teacli111 l l e a ~ n i n g siluations. D ~ s t . N : o . (112 course) OM23 6:~0-9:30 11 HI. T,Tlr (Irrl!y 18-Arrgrrst 3) m3NOMrcS Herzog lnl~durtinnto m m p u t e r l ~ e ddata p r o c c w n b . BASIC, L0Tb5. WB.456 wurd proccsslng, c o m p u l c r ~ ~ ebdu s l nesvpaphl~ls.Dbt.: N o prtwqueik! 1 I ~ w h o oalgebra l 6:1YI-950y.n. 2 W BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 S112 Solnick tlitroduction t a business a c l i v i t ~ c s . a c c o u n t i n c f o r corporation^. &sic concepts a n d f u n d a m c n t a ' f s o f m a n q ~ w l a lacrounllng. p l a n n i n a n d c o n t r o l l i n g puccsses, dfciston-ntaklnp a n t b e h a v i o r a l c o n - sidcratinns. DM.:No. I'rerequ~sitc: BUS 221. 8:30-955 n.!!~. M,T, W,Tlr,F BUS 242-9014 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT EDE 376-9155 KINDERGARTEN - ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Endorf elementary levels. Lab. experiences. ~ i s i . ' : No. (114 course) 9:30-12:UU JIOU!~ M,W (Irrrre 26-/I,/!/ 10 - rro clnss or1 /rrl!y 3) EDE 386-9136 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE V. Olsen Examination a n d p r e a r a t ~ o no f n l a t e r ~ a l sa n d O M 1l relwurcw lor c h ~ l d r c n ' sFl)icrature at t h e k ~ n d e rarten cmd c l c r n e n l a ~levels L a b Cerrito OM17 rnursc) 9:3&7-1T:Br.t~t. T,TII experiences D ~ s t 1$o (112 L1 EDE 388-9137 HUMAN RELATIONS M b mx hd stud M. Mueller f vcttues. of mrnmunkwthn tetlniqws, and nl Xetlmajor minority youpti I* Minnesota far , h e rCcvebpwcpt d intdrperswrrsl rdf$hnu skDb appllcablr to teaching and uther'prufrssiona~uwaliw. open tcl aat.: NO. (2m murep) ulwd tni 011 Mrrnmtiy and h h & r y Mucation rnXB ENGLISH HIS 331-9140 A TALE OF TWIN CITIES: M r ~ m m L w S E :PAUL 1%g3.m Jenawold A 1 1 - h k f o r y m&vuslng 1hc Mlnndapullsat. Paul nicwpolly'drt'a ab a &SE study &w wn~inE%large cont h e m and v m m in US. urban histurv. TLIOICS OM16 ENG 264-9161 UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied as cultural documents as well as works of art. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Tnu Irt fll Cnr~rpNont~o!y,So~idn~re, Norna!l. see %r. Pd'nlostmri. ENG 438-9138 SHAKESPEARE DEVELOPMENTAL AND ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summer School Office for details. HISTORY ENG 225-9160 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING 1140 n.111.-1:25p.111.M,T, W,Tlr HPE 320-9163 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Borstad Techniques for d e v e l o v i n ~a course of studv based upon gkowth and devclop'hent for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: N o . Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arrfl~l~ed. and econo~nictrends, transportation, imtnieration and ethnicit urban politics and refc~rrn. Fie d t r ~s In cluded. bist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. History7 6:UU-9:30 p.111.M, W OM25 INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS Hesser NURSING Griffin NUR 432-9141 THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A HELPING Enos RELATIONSHIP OM111 FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 112-9139 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Stein~netz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding a n d reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. 8:IO-9:55 n.rrr. M.T. W,Tlr OM13 SPA 112-9045 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-9152 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of clc~ncntarySpanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:10-9:55 0.111. M,T, W,TIt (Srctiorr I ) OM10 5:30-7:15 p.t~r.M.T. W.TI1 (Sectio~r11) OM16. HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE114-9162 HEALTH AND SAFETY EDU ATION Borstad Phdpb. and p p d k of &ty education i n r h o o l andcsmmuntty Iifc. Includes htDmatlupl nhuk school hr Irh pra rams and pr~vslcnthealth n t d s a n d $blcrp o f wlml age ~L~Llildrdn,m d r\mviran Red rnFmt A?d,rpme. mt.:Nu.(112 &urn) 694:3U, pond.M,W Ifiw 26Jjrrly 72) OM29 PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9165 ETHICS Creswell OM16 PHI 130-9166 LOGIC Creswell supwhoone @ v ~ ap u waauns, and then says au hrwt rKdept a g;arhler mhduman. Mid you? h e n t t w s a cimc+u on y lollow fmm p m i e ? Here ac exsrnlne the rul'ea which govqn veftd eFe,umnC and work 19 d e v e l ~ py4ur abilit ta niar nnd carrehrsct sund arguments. bid,: %&snpnr. ~,n &. C>,MZS - PHYSICS PHY 101-9060 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Ex lain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting tef)escope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 6:00-9:30 p.1n. T,TIt OM27 r POL 342-9153 SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communlcatlons o n l n d ~ v t d u a lbe- S319 POL 199-9027 POL 399-9067 [NTERNSHIP SWK 260-9171 HUMANS DEVELOPING &1.; No. 1 30-3 15 p C POL 499-9028 INDEPENDENT STUDY Peters ,Pravldesknmwk!p sf w n gmrutir Mtfflu h tM lnfe ~ e mc~ , at. n&hy of d u c u i t u ~ ab i ~lfigia~, snd g s p l o & l farla*; whlch Influence khc $M&th ,dltnd dwta and f a m i b In cvntmmpmy A m i h n fadim. Gmdh rr?Ia+tld bopulahons aqd -up hick rsprwnt athn~can ~r tlfe-style divetsiv. 111. OM13 M,T,W,TI? Hedblom SWK 399-9023 INTERNSHIPS Arrorr~ed Brown Hedblom SWK 499-9148 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arrnr~.y~.d Brown PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY PSY 105-9167 Jesness GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (B An ~ntroduct~on to the methods and a P P ~ W C ~ EBsed In psychology for the pur ose of u & ~ ~ n be-g hawor The structure of tRe f~eldof ps h ~ l v mIn:ludlng ~ t ma s or sub-areas, 1s e m p h a & ! + g l ~ l . : Yes. 11 4011 1 1 1 . - 1 . 2 11, ~ p M,T,W,TII OM10 SOC 265-9149 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP Bloom RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused u o n pre'udlce, racism, and the role of self-understanling, ($/N grading only.) Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p.rrr, M , W OM27 PSY 351-9168 DEVELOPMENTALF$YM@6G)E: atrtP Je~w SOC 356-9080 Emphasis on n o r l d &k,dr?vdapmmt and khqvlar. ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY Bloom Cons~derat~on of hea$H~dl~rrf~W usad Mr vlt!wihg CORRECTIONS Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. the h l q n n e f l b l l seqaetlce-and QI'CYCV&. 119ttf1-y11nW d m L IfiFglImtiom and aunlY~~~otw ~f dab and Lectures, discussion, and site v i s ~ t sto correctional institutions and overnment offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.111.~ , T I I OM18 PSY 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: MALE A N D Bakker FEMALE SOC 199-9081 SOC 399-9082 INTERNSHIPS Hesser I I I I I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS OM12 RELIGION REL 373-9169 Benson SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom (See course descri tion under POLISPC 342). 6:00-9:30 ~ . I , I .T , T ~ S319 I SPC 367-9085 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Studying, viewing, and criti uing the acting a n d production of five lays. Dist.: d o . 6:00-9:30 P . M . T , T / 2815 41st Azrrr~ieSolrH~,Mpls., M N 55406 (Trl.: 721-2565) OM23 REL 486-9170 PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION AND Benson THEOLOGY A study of current psychological views of reli ion in the context of the trad~tionalChristian view of a u m a n nature. S ecial attention will be iven to the classics in the f i e l d t y Freud, lung, and fiilliam James, and to those Christian theolorrians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p.111.T,Tlr SPC 325-9178 Poole PLAYWRITING I S , p y i~mlntroductory course In wrltlng for the $la &u ents w11l learn the baslcs of dralnat~cstruc& m e ~ s d s c r l p t analysis, and techn~quesfor the devdmment af ~ l a v s c r ~ from ~ t s ~ d e ato f ~ n ~ s h e d " :;A :? Summer School 101
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1966-1968
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. T...
Show more 155 I I AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66 1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE - AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. -- ACCREDITATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway No. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. - MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 28 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, - SETTING The thirteen-acre Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent t o the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the Augsburg College campus. Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in Science Hall a t the corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone in advance is recommended. Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 338-0501. 3 C p u ' / d- -u-. ---A& +-P A L ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967 9' t I AUGUST 1966 A T W T F S SEPTEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S FEBRUARY 1967 S M T W T F S MARCH 1967 S M T W T F S DECEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I APRIL 1967 S M T W T F S . . . (Wed.-Mon.) Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) Aug. 31-Sept. 5 .....Freshman MAY 1967 S M T W T F .... .Registration ...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming pi 1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin eov. 28 ..................... Christmas recess begins Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations Dec. 21, 9 p.m. g Term 1966-1967 2. ,jP*' a& 7 March 6 - F a y 22-27 ........ . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) /d , - #dl6, 7 ..........(Mon.) ..........Registration March 22, 9' p.m. . 'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) May 28 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) S Welcome Week Seut. 6 ?r Term 196G1967 %-?4&. NOVEMBER 1966 S M T W T F S I I 1 ANUARY 1967 ( T W T F S -. OCTOBER 1966 S M T W T F S Easter recess begins . . . . . . Final examinations ........... Baccalaureate Service . . . . . . . . . . .Commencement ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20212223242526 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17181920212223 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22232425262728 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1967 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19202122232425 26 27 28 29 30 JANUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 MARCH 1968 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 APRIL 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Fall Term 1967-1968 S 2 9 16 23 30 DECEMBER S M T W 1 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 1719192021 24 25 26 27 2E 31 MAY 19t S M T W T 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 12 13 14 15 16 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome ' Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration Aug. 30-Sept. 4 Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming Nov. 13-18 Winter Term 1967-1968 Nov. 27 Nov. 28 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final . . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . Dec. 20, 9 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas . Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.) Feb. 19-24 Spring Tenn 1967-1968 examinations recess beg ..........Classes resume . . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations ............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration ............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement Mar. 4 Mar. 5 C 5 HISTORICAL SKETCH -- Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In the autumn of 1872 Augsburg Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a build,ing had been erected for its use. In the same year the . school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. Its aim was t o train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest. The College was established .when it became evident that in order to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study a college department was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other professions. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879. In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course was thorough- ly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present time 28 majors are offered. Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1922. In February, 1963, with the merger of the Lutheran Free Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the latter church body. At the close of its ninety-third academic year, in the spring of 1963, Augsburg Theological Seminary merged with Luther Theological Seminary, St. Paul, one of the seminaries of the merged church. Augsburg is making plans to celebrate its Centennial in 1969. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents, heads the Centennial Steering Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance of the Centennial will take place in the fall of 1969. Seven presidents have served GENERAL INFORMA7 7 Augsburg during the course of its history: August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876 Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . . Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . . George Sverdrup . . . . . . . . H . N. Hendrickson (Acting) Bernhard Christensen . . . . Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . . Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . . 1876-1907 1907-1911 1911-1937 1937-1938 1938-1962 1962-1963 1963present the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a co,mmon search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate Truth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college stuAIMS AND O B J E C T I V ~ dents of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from tian liberal arts college of The a program of Christian higher American Lutheran Church. The education. faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting gents of the College affirm the that is conducive to the spiritual, following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students. jectives and character of this To stimulate its students' ininstitution. tellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and ULTIMATE AIMS skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work. of human life and society. To acquaint its students with To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment tian Church. of their own lives and, thro'ugh them, for the enrichment of their BASIC PHILOSOPHY homes and communities. The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life human life and society; but this and learning. potential is realized only insofar To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their and hearts of individuals. peculiar aptitudes and interests, The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto. learning t o the truth of the To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each society. student to look upon his life Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God has the overwhelming advantage; and man. To confront our students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the sum- mer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in the summer of 1965 and contains a number of offices. Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled t o serve the needs of the music department. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely functional building for dramatic and other speeoh activities. The Art Building was acquired in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory facilities for drawing, painting, and sculpture in the rooms on the ground and first floor. The second floor of the building houses the Development Offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters 9 for about 130 men. On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall. Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected in 1955, provides housing for about 175 women students, as well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled as a wing of the larger dormitory. The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art department after completion of the college center. Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta, Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa, Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women students. A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. = = - - THE ARCHIVES The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters and pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. -- - -- - LIBRARY FACILITIES The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 5000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either o~f the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All boo~ks are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first floor reading room. The library subscribes to about 500 of the best periodicals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-0.f-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES -The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. 11 INANCIAL IRMATION A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work of the schoo'l. TUITION I 1'ci 3' ,Q, The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1 the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment. With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes. A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items. BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67 WOMEN MEN Room (September through May) Board (September through May) Key and breakage deposit (refundable) TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD :': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria: it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men. SPECIAL FEES $ l.0C Locker (per term) Application fee l0.0a Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr ~ Graduation fee 15.00 Improvement of reading course 25.00 Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one scheduled 5.00 Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition 5.00 Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free) 1.OO Student teaching 20.00 Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students enrolled 5.00 Com~rehensiveexamination.. per - credit, for students not 10.00 currently enrolled ,fl ,' 7 A , MUSIC FEES PER TERM A ' 3 1 Music majors: See under Department of Music Private leslsons d $ e r term) Organ rental (one hour per day) Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day) .-4/d~o 0 12.00 5.00 METHODS OF PAYMENT Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants, and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring term. A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2. The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and 10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of $1.00 for late payments. A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there is a balance due from a previous term. REFUNDS If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is one-half ,of the rate indicated above. Students required to enter military service will receive a full re- 13 fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. LOAN FUNDS Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to students preparing for theological study. The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to members of all classes. The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available to selected graduating seniors. The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund is available to students who are preparing for the ministry. The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the ministry. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. --" .,.- I.. , -.- 15 ' SCHOLARSHIPS Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program. SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to the Student Personnel Committee. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scho'larship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 17 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field of physical education. Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected students preparing for Christian service. The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. 19 The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway sek up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field af chemistry. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistry. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu- dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of ohemistry. GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects d graduate study. The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is *awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. 21 GRANTSIN-AID STUDENT EMPLOYMENT Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants, the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the student and his family. An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office, assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian higher education which it offers. ADMISSIO: APPLICATION PROCEDURE as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school, and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding i the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for sent to a student as soon as the application is complete. Instructions for applying for admission: (1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 ( cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken. (3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT. -J r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is thin tw ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits are received. (5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required. I ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. 23 It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received befolre the student will be permitted to register. i TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r - \ Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. MPUS There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living. It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek to be enrolled a t Augsburg. 25 THE CHAPEL SERVICE The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE Introduction At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence that life in this world is not to be despised. The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the world. The Program In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program. The social program includes a number of organized all-school events combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities area. In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event. Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un- desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. RELIGIOUS PROGRAM The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty, endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and informal group meetings and discussions. This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^ participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the formal Junior-Senior Banquet. The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society. Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. 27 Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng are available in the Studio Building. Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups. MUSIC AND THE FINE ARTS Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theater. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled at Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and &her organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen by upper-class students is conducted through a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman Orientation. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a natieonal organization. The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business managers for the campus publications. ef .L The .A ' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services. The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs. CO-CURRICULA PROGRAM 29 Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are formed a s the occasion demands. The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents' creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other human-relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in the biological sciences. The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective. The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation off the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology. The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers far public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe. The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental Ensembles and a Repertoire Band. MUSICAL ORGANIZATIOl 31 The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area, and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus. The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student , I!' 33 spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is eligible. %~7/ Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg /PC.~ College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be the most valuable player on the basketball team. The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the college. 35 STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. ADMISSIONS Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the campus if at all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Physician. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director 37 of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for these counselors and handle cases referred t o them. g at hame are rfifl I the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for women with a cooperative house plan. Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students. Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the entire school vear, i room h S~UOflice h n cannot play the fee by that time must be *.*-J m. sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May 15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. r All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end ,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator. The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n on Student Organizations. 39 - FpU,pwing are the requirements for Arts degree A-urg College: ,L,,,,,A,.A ..Aththe Bachelc- ADMINIST , I, e r a 1 Educat Requirement? GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of oore and distribution requirements as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits - 7&<A /Mf 3 / LFL-~, -5 N L ~ - ( <-&-- dLLd 4- -'< The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. Cc- A The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined 5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that course B, two terms of the ,beginnj ems of the inter ~ e d i a t elevel course. n the natural sciences, two chemistry, mathe mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei , or 13 in the first cc a 41 I . - the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course. For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1. Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement. 30 Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom- ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature may be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literalture course by permission of the instructor. The following majors are offered: Art Biology Business Administration Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek +Physical Education Health and Physics hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History Psychology Mathematics Religion Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies Music Social Sciences Natural Science Sociology Philosophy Spanish Speech C B Students are required to make application for the major t o the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the /A!/ Av*4.,.Ad 1 , 1J I. A',- sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79 Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average + GRADE VALUES . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit .... Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES .A cotldilirl~l - . . . . . . or . . .an . . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must be removed within the -firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following .term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes a failure and the incol-r~~lete' - . becomes .the grade submitted by the t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf $5 is-charged . f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a condition received a t the end of a term. *, 43 I ns established by the school. credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there ot 'sufficient registration. ,A credit hour is normal- tion accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are ach change of registration aftel fee of $2 i s charge three days of class4 course may be added after *"' - ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra is passing and WE if he is failing the course 1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on of credit hours with a t least twice that u ! , r c Sophomore Junior Senior ,--ents are cl,,,.,.,. rtntion ......each- Credits 36 84 130 Grade Points 72 168 260 Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL k A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation: First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits olf F. In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term. Lv will be dropped for low scholarship. I -- CLASS ATTENDANCE B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt #on courses, hndaxpce in upper for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W bu the of'% a In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar. S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. 45 S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,, tpFher be dropped from *ha course with a af: F, I Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o ft-r ta in aavatace, mmmaflan ,h& and lawf answers WI" ~ e g w t r a f pOffice. UR: By - arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma: nust not exceed 1 1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a College and counted towards graduation. pe twmferred to Prugsburg 47 COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores; 50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department d English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech [3 DIVISION cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department o,f Physics DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion PA;/ L QC/~, C ~ O ha.? ~ A DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Department of History Geography Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. DEPARTMENT OF ART In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence, problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass windows. The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples of student art work for exhibition purposes. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring, 1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1 49 2 *,&3', p.acA-+x?orids. :diz~fl #' . 4 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs. Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall, Spring, 1967-68.1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . . . . . . 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.] 51 CERAMICS II 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.] 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.] 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.] 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21. Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1 83 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67. Spring, 1867-68.1 94 STUDIO Ill 4 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs. Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I - - / U MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD, MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. D E P A R m OF BIOLOGY All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students. Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and 16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math. 13, 14 or equivalent. For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52, 53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23. #o For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits, including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A' Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota Teacher's Certificate. Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology; (Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6). Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. 5, 5 crs. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.] 4, 4 crs. 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5 crs. 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 51 UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.] W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] W 5 1 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. 15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1 56 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela- tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 64 MICROBIOLOGY 6 crs. An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.] 66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS 6 crs. Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1 H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Winter.] H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.] -791 H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, L*//l / ,,L, ' . and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.] H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] H 91 SEMINAR 0 crs. Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.] ,.jy f44pdd,;, , & &A /-2 w t ( ; ~ 9 - 4 dc//a I ,is))-t MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS, MISS LUND Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r 91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required. ' DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATI' ECONOMICS, AND BUSINESS --97u 7 JA *: A Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e allowed by permission. H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 53 W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. CFall.1 41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~ and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.] W 78 INVESTMENTS 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1 1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE Basic mathematical techniques used in 5 crs. financial analysis. [Spring, lM7-68.1 W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1 1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 1 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1 three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e study in economics. Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51, 52, 53, 58, 91, 92. 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. 'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy, econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc. dEwm++% Spring.] 1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISIOI 23. Fall.] 1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1 1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.] 1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 1967-68.1 W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.] 1 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-2 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use. Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. 55 Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad. 1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the business field. I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.] I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND 4 crs. RECORDS MANAGEMENT Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv. Spring.] I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis Introduction to transcription. on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and. Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I 11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] PPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.] W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. CSpring.1 MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM, MR. LYLE DEPARTMENT OF It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. i Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession. The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time. Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will 21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics 5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.' 54,3'5 c 4 4' Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 23 credits. A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. % Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] &W -* Fm 6, 6 crs. 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative 57 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6- ,. b- crs. -- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 or 6 crs. 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 6, 6 crs. 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall. and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour 62, Winter.] 5 Y ~ J 23 ~b. 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.] & 72 QUANTUM MECHANICS 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems, magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.] 81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.] . 83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND SPECTROSCOPY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques. C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.] 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. DEPARTMENT OF LANGUAGES GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Classics, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. 59 . . . . 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1 46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 0 &&, 3 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I , ..,'I : -[,: '.' I ?fL3*' 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.] LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg.. . Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall, . . Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VIRGIL 5 crs. Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E& mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc :FC.rTgc sc c oi311 ry IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx b c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5 c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~â¬3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t . average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I - a. . ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Major: credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W W,w; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.] 1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS See under Department of Art. 4 crs. . 61 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: t MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66. Spring.1 $lU H 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS 6 crs. Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls: ~c lisfcning, speaking, writing, and ~~cacling. hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi in acquisition oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 4 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~, ~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal, ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin. ~ [rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 4 oJ P"(~ 4 crs. Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55, 56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1 W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54, 59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 0 cr. H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.] W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND 4 crs. JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. CPrereq. : 50. Spring.] 1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] W 84 STUDENT TEACHING 10 crs. Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1 W 99 TOPICS 2 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 63 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials. d Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N, 3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN is to develop thc student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli are also required for certification. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus course 55 in addition to those listed [or the minor. 47 fl* 5- 3- factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 5 crs. 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. [Winter.] 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 65 W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 5 crs. The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.] I/ lJPpER DIVISION COURSES +/a,0% si' CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 1 5 2 W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.] W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.] 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1 W 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 84 SHAKESPEARE 5 crs. Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.] 1 86 MILTON ."' 4 crs. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in- . tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61. Spring, 1967-68.1 88 CHAUCER 4 crs. Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs. American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. [SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. DEpARmT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10) 31, and Biol. 6. 67 Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball. . . . . 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.] 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.] 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc- ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1 W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. . . . . History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.] 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.] 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 69 5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS , ,,,\U'' ?>// I I 1' I/ ' 2 crs. Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women. I spring.l 6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION 4 crs. Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.] 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] 1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION 5 crs. Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education. [Spring.] 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] ~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J DEPARTMENT OF MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST, MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON MR. GUSTAFSON, The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. 1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD 4, 4, 4 crs. SETTING Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to 1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1 2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY 5 , 5 crs. The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] . 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. See under Department of Modern Languages. JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 4 crs. The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present is emphasized. [Spring.] W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.] 4 crs. 58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area. [Spring. I W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850 4 crs. The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises of the twentieth century. [Winter.] \ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.] 4, 4 crs. W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 4 crs. W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.] 3 crs. W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GEOGRAPHY W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. 71 LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 1 MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics, an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study. See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study. 1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc [or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi schml mntl~e~na tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1 19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 5 crs. 'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13, 14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall, Wlntnr. I 4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs. Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43, . Spring, Fa,Il.1 P P E R DIVISION WURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.: 43. Winter.] 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view. Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and A drvclnpment of the real and modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions. complex numbcr syslib~~ I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI.. 73, Spring.] 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I + 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.] 92 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-4 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. 1*'1k11, Wi~lt~S r .I I P ~ ~I I R . ,-/ f.. cd , , . L , . :7 P , , , . . . ' t l (, .. .,,.. <' , ((,,!, -., 6 , s MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS , AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate study. Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. 73 FRENCH . Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall, Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. 3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1 I gb 5 fOj' A.NJ 1 4 ~ JPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion, sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y n ~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor I contin~in. s ( d y in FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall, Winter, 1%G7-GB.1 . 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. LPrereq.: 6 or #. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France, tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required f o ~ the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv. . 63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec- ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1966-67.1 H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or #. Spring, 1967-68.1 H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 i #3 [YL, H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS 4-5- crs. Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter. 4, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. : UPPER DIVISIO COURSES 6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 5, 5 crs. H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.] 75 W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 W 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1 W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1 -3 (11s I--5--c r s . May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits 4 2 c e z, , D!/rz, c . within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. . Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening, rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, 2, WInter, Plprlng.1 m. 4, 4 crs. 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1 4, 4 crs. 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1 2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1967-68-1 W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1 W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND UPPER DIvIsIor OOURSES COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t chairman. [Spring.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1 1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists. Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. - [Spring, 1966-67.1 1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1 91 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, 0[it i; J7P , b. i yt,.3~t- Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84. W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4.4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, ?n:;//,:j,-" --id ;* I Jf r Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.] 1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work. 77 C' t',- / -"r,i,r] ylrk Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION CXXJRSES . . 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge. Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.] 72 THE SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1 . . 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND 5 crs. COMPOSITION Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs ng Laboratory work in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics. required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.: 55. Fall. 1867-68.1 1-3 CN, 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY -I4crs. Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term. Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term. IProroq.: 83, R4, or DEPmmNT OF MUSIC #. FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN, MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD, MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, 01- ~ v l ~ me o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one of t h e college music organizations. Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music organizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study. 79 1 THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance tcst. FaIl,l W 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] W 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] W 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] W 2 1 THEORY 5 4 crs. Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1 W 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts. Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67. Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1 JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, and techniques. CSpring.1 4 crs. W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 4 crs. W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] W 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] W 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall, 1966-67.1 E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] + 0 APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS I-' The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] d A -'r 81 ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS See under Curriculums. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD, MR. S ~ H M I E G E fib, .-&?-& ai~ntz Sondid f Ch The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al movements in the history of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and ~Thica. Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43. Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 3 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 4 crs. 4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY 4 crs. A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Prereq.: 43 or #. UPPER DIVISION COURSES Fall, 1966-67.1 W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 5 crs. A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] W 71 ETHICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Prereq. : 43 or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 W 73 METAPHYSICS 5 crs. An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1 75 EPISTEMOLOGY 5 crs. An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY 5 crs. A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.] 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] PHYSICAL EDUCATION See under Department of Health and Physical Education. MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 83 arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment, and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies le nnd some for the tcaclling pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n. Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and 5 credits of 77. Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses listed for the major. Minor: 29 credits. W l ASTRONOMY 4 crs. A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.] 3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS 4 crs. A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Spring.] 5, 5 , 5 crs. W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS L A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY I cr. For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 51, 52 MECHANICS UPPER DIVISION COURSES 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: '23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 5 3 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 4 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 4 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY I cr. Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4, 4 crs. Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] 85 DEPARTMENT MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN OF in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs undcmtnnding of If~e p r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls, , anrl instilittions of governance; S C I E ~ ~ ~ Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship; anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts l lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science. p~~ljlic: ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations. IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e numbering. Courses numbered in the 50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's, d Political Theory. Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc. . . . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. 1nt~~oilusl~~r.y c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic, ,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives, including Communism. [Fall.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y, the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM 5 crs. The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~ ~ i eticn.;Iiip nlal arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1 X P E R DIVISION . 50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter, 1966-67.1 51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1 6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION 4 crs. The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in Am. Gov't or #. Fall, 1966-67.1 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1 , 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1 81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter, 1967-68.1 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.] 90 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 crs. Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 95 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.] 87 U4k44-4- DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. ,- chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2) to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior. Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition, Soc. 61 is required. Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] JPPER DIVISION COURSES W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Secondary Education. 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I 4 crs. Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.] 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1 4 crs. Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence, nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ] W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY See under Department of Sociology. 5 crs. W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] 84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2-3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: '17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE, MR. SONNACK. DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course 21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. 89 Minor: 26 credits. I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1 . W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] JPPER DIVISION FIIRSKS , W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP ' 4 crs. sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var- fl ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] fJ ' / L W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.] W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] h - -- >.-- - = - - - - - -- a-L -I <----_ICL 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.] W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i 7 f3~4-6 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7 4 crl. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly as related to history and science. ISpring.1 1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]' 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] W 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 87 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 See under Curriculums. 91 DEPARTMENT OF SÂ°C1OLQGY MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM, MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr rmderslarltling - of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining e in social w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m metropolis through research and participation in the community. Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life. The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The European and American roots of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.] 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public registration and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent in 54. Fall.] UPPER DIVISIO 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade 93 for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter. &6, Spning.1 W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See Religion 59. 4 crs. W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.] W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.] 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 5 crs. 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice, racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1 1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and \ *re*@4~ 4 D labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. [Fall.] 7 $ <7 we n SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement. H I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 4 crs. 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1 H 21 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 2 8 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] H 51 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISIOI COURSES 52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING 5 crs. An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.] 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1 H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.] 95 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 1961-68.1 1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. CSpring.1 1-3 crs. 1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor, Spring.] I . SPECIAL AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING PROGRAMS OF STUDY Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly. 'a MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at one of the two hospitals. 0 SPAN Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. 7 JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in Norway under which students entering their junior year in college may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and literature, history, religion, and philosophy, CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. HONORS PROGRAM For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered. Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the, H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety. 97 The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. CURRICU GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. F'RESf,lMAN Retl~ion I1 E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12 'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n Soriolopy 11 F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q E:l<sclivep. P h y s w a l ActivtMea JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 4 - 4 5 5 5-6 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term I I1 111 Cr. C r , Cr. 4 - 4 4 12 12 12 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. A r t 1 o r Music 30 Economics or Pol. Sci. Electives SENIOR Religion Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 . - 6 - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 15 12 15 ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloev -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawing Composition Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 - - 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion A r t History I. I1 P r i n t Making I , I1 Ceramics I Health and First Aid Educational Psvcholozv -Group ~ c t i v i t ? Methods in Sec. Educ. Music 30 Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Problems ot Philosophy Speech or Literature Sculpture I Painting I. I1 General Psychology SENIOR Relieion Student Teachine seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach. School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculwture I1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 5 4 5 - - 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - - . Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Drawine compo&ion Sociology Physical Ed~lcation Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge Nat. Science or Math. Problems of Philosophy Sculpture I Painting I , , I1 Western Civilization Ancient History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 99 JUNIOR Relieion ~ r t - ~ l s t o r I. y 11 Print Making I, I1 Ceramics I Western Civilization U.S. History Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e Music 30 Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~- -4 4 4 4 - 4 4 4 - 5 5 - - 4 - - SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Studio I11 Sculpture I1 History Seminar History 71 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Binlogy 11, 12 Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15 C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16 Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n SUNIOR Rcli~torr F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage Physics 21, 22, 23 Genetics Microbiology or Bio. Elect. Physiology or Bio. Elect. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Speech or Literature Organic Chemistry 51, Chemistry 53 Calculus Math. Analysis 19 Comparative Anatomy Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 - - - 6 6 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Cellular Biology Embryology or Bio. Elect. Seminar Elective Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization JUNIOR Religion s ~ e e c hor Literature A& 1 or MU& 30 Foreign Language Educational Psychology Teaching Methods Biology Elective Ecology or Elective Group Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics General Psychology Chemistry 23 Chemistry 53 Math. 13 or Elective Math. 14 or 19 SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy P l a n t Morph. or Elective Biology or Elective Health and First Aid School a n d Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 1 2 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Inter. Accounting Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I , I1 Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - 4 - 5 5 - 5 5 4 5 5 - - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 5 5 - 4 - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Cost Accounting Auditing Electives MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALIZATION) FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Principles of Accounting Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Elective Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Statistics Inter. Microecon. Financial Mgt. Electives SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Business Law Prin. of Economics I. I1 Fund. Finance - - - ~ of -- - - Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Investments Math. of Finance Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theolog English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Elem. Typewriting Bus. Ed. 10 Sociology Prob. of Philosophy , Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Princiules of Accounting ~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1 Secretarial Procedure Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies SENIOR Religion Student Teachin2 Seminar for stud. Teach. School and Society Business Law Art 1 or Music 30 Electives 17 Term I I1 1x1 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 101 0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Mathematics 19 Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6 Calculus 41, 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Physical Chemistry Adv. Organic Chemistry Adv. Calculus 83 Foreign Language Quantum Mechanics Seminar Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Organic Chemistry Quantitative Chemistry General Physics Calculus 43 Sociology SENIOR Religion Adv. Inorganic Chemistry Chemistrv 83 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Seminar Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. A The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Calculus 41 Biology 11, 12 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 5 - - 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Political Science Speech or Literature Psychology Organic Chemistry 51, 52 .General Physics Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 - - - 5 - 5 - 6 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 6 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civilization Science or Math. Sociology 11 Prin. of Economics I Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 - 4 - - - - 4 8 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature A r t 1 o r Music 30 Prin. of Accounting Prin, of Economics I1 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Intro. to Soc. Statistics Inter. Microecon. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION n Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. education requirement, e&one course in in physical science. For the erre,uLement - in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted. F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral V m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Biological Science Health and First Aid Sociology 11 Physical Education Elective (minor) Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 4 - 5 5 - 4 5 - - 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Physical Science Political Science Music 30 U.S. History Elective (minor) SENIOR Relieion ~ r o f TLab Experience Prob. of Philosophy Speech 11 Children's Lit. School and Society Education 64 Electives lminorl Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7 Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. 103 Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Art Business Education English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. FRESHMAN la' Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e Education 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 Physical Education 10 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or A r t 1 Natural Science or Math. Economics or Pol. Sci. General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 83. 84 Education 87 Electives in t h e major Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the U, of M. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization s ~ c i o l o -11 g~ -~ Calculus 41. 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Modern Physics Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab. Math. 83, 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elect. Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 - 4 - 4 5 5 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Western Civilization 1,iterattlresociology 12 General Physics Math. 43, 58 Physical Activities Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - - - - 4 - - 4 5 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 ENGLISH MAJOR 0 The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education JUNIOR Relielnn -. . ---. . -- A r t 1 or Music 30 English 61 62 84 English 72'or '74 English Elective * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Speech 11 Prob of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec. English 47, 31 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 5 5 - - - - SENIOR Religion English ?O Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35, 45 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relialon Gemera1 PsyChoIogy Erluc. P~ychnlogy Group Acllvily Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ. En~rllsh B1, 02, 55 E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84 tlrrtlves - 5 - - 4 0 4 0 -0 5 5 4 5 - - - - 5 - 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Nat. Sci. or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Health and First Aid Art 1 or Music 30 English 21 or 40, 86 or 88 English Seminar Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 5 - - 4 - 4 3 5 - 5 4 4 - - - - FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 ~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage Western Civilization Sociology 11 Nat. Science or Math. Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Inter. Foreign Language Conversation and Com~osition Speech or Literature Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Health and First Aid* Electives 105 JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology* Group Activities* Methods in Sec. Educ." General Psychology* Literature 72 or 74 Survey 63, 64 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - - 5 5 . - - 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 SENIOR Relieion ~ t u d G n tTeaching' Seminar for Stud. Teach.* School a n d Society' Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84 Literature 72 or 74 Independent Study 91 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 10 5 - 1-2 5 - - 4 1-2 5 Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives f o r these courses. GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Western Civlllzation Latin 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 4 4 5 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 8 - - - SOPHOMDRE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Greek 11. 12, :3 Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Sci. or Economics Art 1 or Music 30 SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - - 4-5 . 4 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Health and First Aid Team Sports Swim. a n d Aquatics IW, Physical Activities JUNIOR Reliaion ~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Phy. Ed. 57. Kines and Phys. of Exercise Phy. Ed. Programming Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval. Self-Testing Activities Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31' Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Psychology Human Anat. and Physiology Chemistry 5 Indiv. a n d Dual Sports Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed. Rec. Act. and Rhythms Instr. First Aid* I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - . 4 4 0 - - 6 5 - - 0 2 - - 4 4 4-5 0 5 4-5 4 - SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 - - 5 5 - 5 - - - 4 1 - - 6 - - 5 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion s t u d e n t Teaching Seminar i n S.tud. Teach. School a n d Society Prob. of Philosophy Sch. Health and Safety Educ.* Community ~ e c r e a t f o n * Speech or Literature Electives 10 -- -5 - - 44 - - S 4 4 - -3 - 4 - * Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. 107 0 HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Pol. Science or Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Historv ~coGhics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - SOPHOMORE - Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Economics Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid History Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S, History Proh. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Social Problems Speech or Literature History Seminar in History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The f~llo~wing course of study is designed fo'r students who have a s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19 before registering for Calculus 41. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology Calculus 41, 42, 43 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85 Modern Algebra 72, 73 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Pol. Sci, or Economics S ~ e e c hor Literature ~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e Prob, of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Physics or Chemistry Differential Equations Modern Geometry Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Prob. and Statistics Independent Study Electives* Foundations of Mathematics recommended. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Math. Analysis 19 Calculus 41. 42 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Educational Psychology Speech or Literature General Psychology Advanced Calculus Modern Algebra Methods in Sec. Educ. Group Activity Prob. of Philosophy Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 - 5 - - 4 - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 5 4 - - 4 4 - - - 0 - . 0 - - Biblical Studies - - ---Foreign Language Sociology 11 Pol. Sci. or Economics Calculus 43 Differential Equations Modern Geometrv Physics or heh his try - 4 5 0 4 4 - - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - 5 - - 4 - 5-6 5-6 4-5 - - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 . . 4 10 - 5 4 - - 4 SENIOR Religion School and Society Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. Teach. Foundations of Math. Prob, a n d Statistics Independent Study Health and First Aid Electives - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE - - - - 2-4 5 4 4-6 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required. In the senior year students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Inlroducllon lo Theology Enblieh 11, 12 Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion ~jocio1oRy 1 1 T3inlngy 11, 12 C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15 r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16 Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature Microbiology Cellular Biology or Elect. Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 6 6 6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Genetics Organic Chemistry 23 Comp. Anatomy or Physiol. Chemistry 53 Mathematics 13. 14 Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. . 5 5 5 - - 6 6 6 6 5 - 5 SENIOR I Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months I1 I11 45 crs. MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American 109 Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e as follows: Biology 11, 12 General Chemistrv 15. 16 Ovganic chemistr; 51,'52 Quantitative Analysis 53 Frcshlnan English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 19 for 13, 14) Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science a n d Humanities Credits 12 12 E l. ~.r..t. i. v -r -- Recommended: Physical Chemistry Cnlculus 41, 42 61 Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology a s well as broad studies in the humanities. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Western Civilizat~on Theory 1, 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion ~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology Group Activities Teaching of Music Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 Instr. Techniaue' History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c ) Conducting Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 . 4 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Tcrm I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Sociology 11 General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar in Stud. Teach, School and Society Pol. Sci. or Economics Health a n d First Aid Prob. of Philosophy Music Organization Electives Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 4 5 - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Tern1 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. MUSIC MAJOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Theory 1. 2, 3 Applied Music Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Art 1 ist tory and Lit. (music) Instrumental Technique* Conducting Applied Music Music Organization Scandinavian Music Electives * SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Theory 4, 5, 6 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob, of Philosophy Orch. and Choral Arr. Applied Music MuSic Organization Speech or Literature Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0 FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language, Western Civilization Sociology 11 Natural Science Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Prob. of Philosophy Speech or Literature Education 50. 59 Nat. Science 'or Math. Group Activities Health and First Aid Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 5 5 5 - - 5 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Nat. Science or Math. Pol. Sci. or Economics General Psychology SENIOR Religion Nat. Sci. or Math. Student Teaching Sem. for Stud. each School and Society Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 5 - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PHILOSOPHY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e Western Civilization Sociology Prob. of Philosophy Phssical Education JUNIOR Religion Speech or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 5 - 6 4 - - 5 6 10 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies ~ o r i i Language c Nat. Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Science or Economics Logic Philosophy 41, 42, 43 SENIOR Religion Philosophy 91 Philosophy Elective Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 - 5 - - - 5-6 5-6 - - 4-5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 111 POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. FRESHMAN Introduction lo Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Political Science 20, 21, 22 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Political Science 70 or 80 Political Science 71 or 81 Political Science 95 or 84 History 1 or 21 History 2 or 22 History 3 or 56 Social Statistics Social Research Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 4 5 5-6 5-6 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Prob. of Philosophy Logic Social Problems Political Science 50 or 51 Political Science 60 or 61 Economics 22. 23 SENIOR Religion Political Science 80 or 70 Political Science 81 or 71 Political Science 84 or 95 History 21 or 1 History 22 or 2 History 56 or 3 ~iterature General Psychology Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 5 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Biblical Studies Foreign Language Prob. of Philosophy Pol. Science or Economics A r t 1 or Music 30 Speech or Literature General Psychology Electives N ~ Escience JUNIOR Religion Foreinn Lannuaae - ~ -- - ~ SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ----- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 - History and Theory (psych.) 4 Research Problems - 2-3 Seminar in Psychology 3 - 4 Psychology Electives Electives 8 8 12 SENIOR - Psyc. Measurement Experimental Psychology Personality I Personality I1 Psychology Electives Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. FRESHMAN Introduction t o Theology English 11. 12 Foreign Language Math. 14 or 19 Math. 41, 42 Western Civilization Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 5 5 5 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language General Physics Mathematics 43 Differential Equations Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 5 5 - 4 - - 4-5 - 4 - - JUNIOR Religion Electronics Mechanics Advanced Calculus Art 1 or Music 30 Electricity and Magnetism Physics Lab Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. SENIOR Religion Thermal Physics Phvsics Lab speech or Literature Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - 4 1 1 - 1 4 8 - 11 11 RELIGION MAJOR FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Nat. Science or Math. Western Civilization Sociology 11 Electives Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language General Psychology Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 6 6 4 4 - - - - - - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 8 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 5 - - 4 6 - SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Religion Foreign Language Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 4 5 5 - 4 - - 4 - 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - SENIOR Religion Seminar Literature Sociology Electives SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Beginning Norwegian Western Civilization Nat. Science or Math. Sociology 11 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion General Psychology' Educational Psychology* Group Activity* Methods in Sec. Educ: Modern Scand. Novel Prob. in Philosophy Modern Scand. Drama Scand. Music Electives * Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. .-Cr. -- - 4 5 4 - - - 5 5 - 5 - - 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6 Norwegian Conv. and Comp. Modern Scandinavia Scandinavian History Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Health and First Aid* Art 1 or Music 30 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 5 4 - - 4 - 4 - - F - 5 i - - 4-5 - - 6 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 4 Student Teaching* 10 Seminar for Stud. Teach.* 5 School and Society* - - 4 Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5 Independent Study 1-2 1-2 10 Electives 5 SENIOR - - - - Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. 113 A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. FIRST YEAR Introduction to Theology Enelish 11. 12 ~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g Advanced Typewriting Elementary Shorthand Interm. Shorthand Advanced Shorthand Bus. Ed. 10 Electives Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - SECOND YEAR Biblical Studies General Psychology Speech Principles of Accounting Secretarial Procedures Calculating Machines Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SEMINARY C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Western Civilization Foreign Language* Sociology 11 Physical Education Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Prob. of Philosowhv Pol. Sci. or Econimics Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Greek History of Philosophy Speech Electives 4 5 4 4 - 5 4-5 4 - - 8 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Greek Literature Electives 8 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreien Laneuane JUNIOR Religion Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Art 1 or Music 30 Geography American Government Health and First Aid Economics I1 History Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 0 - 4 - 5 - 4 - - 4 0 - 0 5 - - 5 - 4 4 - 4 5 SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language U.S. History Prob. of Philosophy General Psychology Nat. Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teaching School and Society Soc. Prob. Speech or Literature History Seminar Electives - 10 5 - 4 - - 4 4 3 4 - - - - 4 - 4 4 - A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Social Problems Art I or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Philosophy of Science Marriage and Family" Social Statistics* Social Research* General Psychology Speech Electives * Required for the major. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 5 - - - -- 5 5 - 4 SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 Biblical Studies Nat. Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Intro. to Anthropology Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Electives SENIOR Religion Social Psychology* Sociology 82 Industrial Sociology Modern Sociology Theory* Electives - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 5 5 4 5 - - 5 - - - 5 12 115 SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theoloav -" English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Relieion socilology 51 52 53* Sociology 54: 55: 56* Sociology 61: Psychology 5' soCiology~31 Electives * Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - SOPHOMORE Biblical S ~ I.~ ~ P S ... I . Foreign Language Nat. Science or Math. Speech or Literature Pol. Science or Economics Prob. of Philosophy Rural American Community Modern Urban Community Elective SENIOR Religion Sociology 75, 82 Psychology 61, 62 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4-5 - - 4 - - - - 4 4 - - 4 4 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Required for the major. SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major. SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Introduction to Theology English 11, 12 Foreign Language Western Civilization Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 Physical Education JUNIOR Religion Intro. to Dramatic Arts Pol. Science or Economics Interpretive Reading Speech 51 or 55 Educational Psychology Group Activity Methods in Sec. Educ. Health and First Aid Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 - -- - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Biblical Studies Foreign Language Speech 11 Nat. Science or Math. Prob. of Philosophy Logic Speech 12 or 52 Acting General Psychology SENIOR Religion Soeech 16 or 67 ~ h e e c hpathology Stage Direction Student Teaching Seminar for Stud. Teach. School and Society Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 117 CRSONNEL THE BOARD OF REGENTS Officers of the Board Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., .... Vice-chairman Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota Diversified Church Services Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota Medical Doctor Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina Education, University of North Carolina Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota Manager, South Side Insurance Agency Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota Professor, Luther Theological Seminary Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Presdent Oscar A. Anderson Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations ADMINISTRATI 119 Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities OMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson, Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins, Miss Joel Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole, Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson; Nicholl (Advisory) Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Saugestad Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen, Sulerud "Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I. Hanson *Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau "Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren "Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson * Joint Student-Faculty Committees Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. THE FACULTY Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. *Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567) B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961. William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota. R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964. "Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1961. * Part-time faculty 121 *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. *L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948; C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. *James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958. *Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. "Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments) B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938. Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary, 1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota. *John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. "Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male Chorus) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963. 'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1965-66) B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota. Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant Professor B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah, 1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on leave 1963-66) B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. *Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954. William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and Religion (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A., 1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. 123 Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965. *L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1955. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952. "John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1962. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics and Business Administration B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957. Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. *Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952. Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. "Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music "Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History and Political Science B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959. "James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. "Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. *Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. *Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948. Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. *Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia, 1962. Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1965-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. 125 Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964. Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. *Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. "Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota State University, 1964. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio. Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. *Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959. Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. "Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1966-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. "Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. "Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa, 1939. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67) B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological Seminary. 127 Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09 y Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. "Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minneso~ta,1961. Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of o r Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1956. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. "Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956. "Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958. "Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave 1965-66) B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949. "Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver, 1956. *James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964. 'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1958. *Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960. Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University, 1964. 129 S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico. Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964. "Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. *Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. "Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ) B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957. Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962. * R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments) B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music. Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964. Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota. "MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. "Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota. "MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Middleburg College, 1956. "HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962. 131 GRADUATES 1964 Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ...... Minneapolis Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis. Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis. Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In. Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis ~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~ ~ ~ i iDavid ; ~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:. . Lobben. Charles . . . . . Minneapolis Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . .. S t........ Pnqrl Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard . Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~ Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr Ais Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~ Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~ Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . ............. H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill. ..r.l Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif. Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP I . . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill. Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll. Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif. Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich. Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill. Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc. Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak. Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis IVfx. Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl. Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y. Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~ Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis . DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~. Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne ....... Mi?t?aeapolis Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l ~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich. Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis Gesche. Connic Rae ~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis lis Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~ r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper, Charles Michael . . . . . . iaeaiolis . . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil . -:::: Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul 11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris Ercvlwor R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K --a - v . . . . .......... Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale ~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi hl. anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~ Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk. Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo 11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold, rs Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis . Minneapolis Hollstadt, Ronald Norman Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay Braham Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis. Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota St. P a u l Schwantes. George W. Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y. Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak. Jacobsen, David C. Miianeapolis Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb. - Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In. Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia l Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P - au ~. Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn ~11tld111h. Mary Y\.onne . Miilncopolis Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan , J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash. Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie . . . . St. Paul Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril ~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis Marinette, Wis. Tjaden, Ann Marie ~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem. ~ Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111. ~ l e v o s .w - ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak. Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis ..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis Lynn L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary . ........ ...... .......... ... .:. W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a . .. Roseville A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k . Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . . Richfield Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n , B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa. B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s . B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield B r o d i n , Peter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In. Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s . Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In. Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e . D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles Welconle ... Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis -- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard Colz~nabia Heioltts .Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . . nlinnen~~ol~s K e m h c s , Throdorc? ~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen P ~ n e Czl!j K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis ~ l a g ~ Neil e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h . Da?uson 1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo. Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u.. ~ i l e .W i s . Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k . Miller, S a l l y S u e ......., Minneapolis Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n Col?i?nbiri Heights Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s . Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J. Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11 Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins N e w h a m , Richard D. Minneapolis Scandia Nielsen, Marilyn Doris ~ i ~ steven l ~ ~~d~~~ ~ ~ ...... , M~~~~~ Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n Minneapolis N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr. Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s . Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h . 0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian h . . . . . . Minneapolis Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s . Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson W6nnonnnlin Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis p"... Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h .. ~ i ~ ~ ~ ~ j u d li t h i ~ .~. ~ , l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise ~ . . . . ,. . Ogilvie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gjerde. Mark Luthard Richfield O y e n , Hildur Marie Poulsbo. W a s h . G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s . G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111. P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a . H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n Heere. Gelene ... Buffalo Lake -- . -.. , Marearet - - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n ~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s . R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors N e w Prague R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis H u b e r , Sandra L . Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis .... ...... ...... ..... .........." ......... ~ ~ 133 ~ ~ Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis Savolainen, James William Negaunee. Mich. Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley Minneapolis Stone, Howard Walter Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis ...... Taeger, David Alan Elroy Trout Creek. Micl~. Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak. Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman Uden, Larry Arthur Urban, Darrell B. ......... Minneapolis ......... Robbinsdale Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis Volden, Kristina Mae ...... Viroqua, -Wis. Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill. Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia. Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1 Minneapolis West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis. Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis Zeller, Robert Mitchell . . . . . . . . . St. Paul SUMMARY OF GRADUATES Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112 Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496 ENROLLMENT SUMMARY AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total Class Senior ................... Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman ................ Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 140 151 278 40 0 0 0 0 87 208 121 261 161 312 244 522 -43 84 41 41 49 49 41 41 88 88 TO875 160% 108 128 155 263 34 0 0 0 0 688 85 193 115 243 153 308 235 498 28 62 ,39 39 42 42 25 25 82 82 - 804 1492 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ............................. . 123 Junior ............................... 144 Sophom,ore .......................... 157 Freshman ............................ 285 Special .............................. 49 Fr. Nurse (D. H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0 Fr.Nurse(M.H.) .................... 0 Fr. Nurse (S. H.) ..................... 0 Total ............................... 758 Women Total TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965 Men Students ...................................... 758 Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647 Deducting those clounted more than cmce ................. 2 . 1645 - AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966 FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Men Women Total Men Women Total Class Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophomore .............. Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fr . Nurse (D H.) ......... Fr. Nurse (F. H.) Fr . Nurse (M H.) ......... Fr . Nurse (S. H.) ......... Total .................... . .......... . 131 132 209 292 41 0 0 1 0 101 132 171 267 24 42 42 39 80 232 264 380 559 65 42 42 40 80 106 128 194 288 32 0 0 0 0 806 898 1704 748 89 195 126 254 169 363 259 547 26 58 42 42 36 36 35 35 78 78 860 1608 TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR Men Class Senior ...............................132 Junior ...............................136 Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Freshman ............................ 302 Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0 Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1 0 Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833 . Women Total 101 134 178 273 33 43 42 39 80 923 TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966 Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833 . Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 923 . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756 135 INDEX Academic Administration Accounts. Payment of Accreditation . . . Administration . . . . Admission . . . . . . . . Advanced Placement . Advanced Standing . . . . Affiliation . . . . . . Aims and Objectives . Archives, The . Art. Department of . . Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . Attendance. Chapel . . . . . Attendance. Class . . . . . Awards . . . . . . . . . . Biology. Department of . . 51. 100 Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12 Board of Regents . . . 118 Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9 Business Administration . 53. 101 . . . 55. 101 Business Education Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5 Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44 Chapel Service. The . . . 26 . . . . . . . . . . 57. 102 Chemistry Classical Languages . . . . 5 9 Classification of Students . 44 30 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coaching Endorsement 68 Co-curricular Program . . . . 29 Committees of the Faculty . 120 Comprehensive Examinations . 46 43 Conditions . . . . . . . . . Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Corrective Therapy . . . 97 Costs . . . . . . . . . . 12 Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . 48 Courses of Study Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99 Art . . . . . . 99 Biology . . . . . . . . 100 Business Administration . . 101 Business Education . . . . 101 Chemistry . . . . . . . 102 Dentistry . . 102 Economics . . . . . 102 103 Elementary Education . Engineering . . 104 English ,105 French . . . . . . . . . . 105 General Liberal Arts . 99 105 German . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . 106 106 Health and Physical Ed. High School Teaching . . . . 103 History . . . . . . . . . 108 Mathematics 1 0 8 109 Medical Technology . . Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109 Ministry . . . . . . . 114 Music . . . . . . . . . . 110 .. 11 1 Natural Science Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111 . . . . . . . . . . 112 Physics . 112 Political Science Psychology . . . . 112 .... . . . . 113 Religion Scandinavian . . . . 113 . . . 113 Secretarial Work Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . 115 Social Science . . Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102 Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 43 Distinction. Degree with . . . . 48 Divisional Organization . . 30. 96 Dramatics . 54. 102 Economics . . . . . Education. Department of . . 61 Education. Elementary . 61. 103 Education. Secondary . . 62. 103 42 Electives . . . . . . . . 34 Eligibility Requirements Employment . . . 22 Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . . . . . 104 English. Department of . . 63. 105 Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Entrance Requirements 23 . . 46 Examinations . .. . . 12 Expenses Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14 Financial Information . . . . . . 12 Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105 General Education Requirements . . . . . . . . General Information . . . . . Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . German . . . . . . . . . . . . Grade Values . . . . . . . . . Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduates (1870-1 965). Summary of . . . . . . . . . Graduation Requirements Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . . Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48 Nursing. Affiliation with . - 9 6 Schools of . . . . Objectives and Aims . . . . . Organizations. Student . . . . Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106 Health Service . . . . . 37 High School Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . 103 . . . . 7 Historical Sketch History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108 Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97 Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96 37 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Humanities. Division of the . . 48 . . . . . 43 Incompletes Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and Philosophy of . . . 32 Journalism Junior Year Abroad , . . 65 97 Laboratories. Natural Science 11 60 Latin . . . . . Liberal Arts Curriculum 99 . . . . . . . . 10 Library .. 63 Library Science . . . . . . . 14 Loan Funds Location . . . . . . . . . 2, 3 Majors . . . . . . Mathematics . . . . . Medical Technology Medicine. Pre-Medic Membership in Educational 2 Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . Ministry, Preparation for the 114 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Modern Languages, Department of . . . . . . . . . 73 Music, Department of . . . 78, 110 Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81 . . . . . . 42 . . . 72. 108 . . 96. 109 Courses 109 8 30 36 Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13 36 Personnel Services. Student . Philosophy. Department of 82. 111 . 32. 67 Physical Education Physics. Department of . . 83. 112 Placement Service for . . . . 39 Graduates 9 Plant. The Physical . . . . Political Science . . . . 86. 112 Pre-Seminary Curriculum . 114 Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45 Psychology. Department of . . 88. 112 Publications . . . . . . . 29 , Records Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26. Refunds . .... Regents. Board of .. Registration . . . . Registration. Change of . . . Religion. Department of . 89. Religious Program Repeating Courses . . Requirements. Graduation Room Costs 37 32 13 118 4 3 44 113 27 43 41 12 Scandinavian Studies 76. 113 . . . . . . . . . 16 Scholarships Secretarial Courses 56. 113 137 Social and Recreational . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Activities Social Sciences. Division of the 49 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Sociology. Department of 92. 115 SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105 Special Programs of Study . . 96 Speech. Department of . . 94. 116 Student Activities. Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39 Student Government . . . . . . . . 28 Student Personnel Services . 36 Suspension of Students . 26. 45 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103 Transfer and Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 24 Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12 University Courses . . . . . . . . . Upper Division Requirements . 46 41 American Studies Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program An Interdepartmental Major Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments., The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. MAJOR: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar Be of concentrated study. m e The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines. English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.) Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study would attempt to accomplish this. Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35 History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.) History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 20-21 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor. Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. (over) p? 139 American Studies .courses required: I 95 Seminar .# ," 4 crs. 1 - 3 1 Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. .,... . "I *A 5 crs*, ,I-. 99 Independent Study ., Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. Sample Curriculum in American St1 Term I1 Freshman year a I11 Sophomore year . : 5 e : u b , I ,I Religion 11 - I Religion 21 .I: ! n. . . . ! . 4 Englfsh 11-12 -. Foreign Lang. History 1,or 2 or 3 4 ' i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math. Sociology 11 4 Phil. 21 Foreign Lang. 5 5 Eng. 35 History 21-22 5 5 Pol. Sci. 20-21 Phys. Act. 1 1/3 - 113 Total 13 113 15 113 14 113 Total I Term I1 5 - . , , p + , 'I Junior year, Economics : .22'. Speech or Lit ., (exc. Eng. '87) Art I or Music 30 I' Hist. 55 Psych. 81 SOC. 42 soc. 43 Religion 6 3 . . Phil. 65 Electives (non-maj Total .: .. Senior year , ' * * * * * 4 4 4 4 or) , A . 16 *~lectiv~s in: the major * Religion 59 * pol.-sci. 70 * Hist. 56 * Educ. 87 * Educ. 82 * Pol. sci; 22 :, Amer. Studies 95 h e r . Studio8099 Electives . . (ndn-major) Total 'b I11 4 5-6 4 4 5 NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68 A r t 40 Speech 40 -- IIntroduction n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s t o Cinema A r t s Winter Term Winter Term Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an art form . Math. 61 - Linear Algebra F a l l Term A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences; l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations; u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~ 3 1 1 7 - Computer F a l l , Winter Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms, flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s . A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter. F a l l , Winter 7 Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42. Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students. P h i i . zr - Introductions t o Ethics Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors P h i l . 51 - Symbolic Logic Spring Term d e s i r i n g a second course i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems, such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c . P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21 Winter Term T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction, p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s , t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter . P h i l . 65 - American Philosophy F a l l Term American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present: Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l . Pol. S c i . 42 - Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s Spring Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60. 141 . 5 la" - Developmental. Psychology: Psych. 52 - _ :: m d Psych. 51 Psych. 53 . . Ch'i.ld F a l l Term DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children, with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5 and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent Winter Term Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s . L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7 - - Developmental Psychology: Adult Spring Term Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as ab o v d I . . 143 145 147 149 151 153
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1968-1969
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg Coll...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE NOW 19,88-89 ' I -; __.f -:-.� ·,.( -;;·:c..../ "<" -<..�-( AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70 RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68 --GVLLiCii AUGSBURG -.- PROFILE AFFILIATION Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. The College offers a broad education in a Christian environment. parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for graduate study in various fields. LOCATION Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American Chemical Society, and the American Association of University Women. Augsburg College is located along Interstate Highway NO. 94, just 20 blocks from the downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and art collections. They also have the opportunity to attend lectures, musical programs and other cultural activities in the Minneapolis-St. Paul area. MEMBERSHIPS SETTING Augsburg College holds membership also in the American Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and the Association of Protestant Colleges and Universities. The twelve-block Augsburg campus is located in the heart of Minneapolis and is adjacent to the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the city's largest hospitals. In this urban setting, Augsburg students prepare for careers in our increasingly urban society. A friendly atmosphere prevails on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases of campus community life under the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty. ACCREDITATION COURSES OF STUDY Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree offered in 29 major fields of study. Students are prepared for teaching, business administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work, DEVELOPMENT A comprehensive development program is in operation which will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the Augsburg College campus. THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS Augsburg College is located near the Minneapolis loop and the University of Minnesota. The Administrative offices are in science ~ ~ at1the1 corner of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South. Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor- dially invited to visit the campus. Visiting hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call in advance is recommended. Write to the Office of Admissi,ons, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or telephone 332-5181. ACADEMIC CALENDAR, AUGUST 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S 1 8 15 22 29 SEPTEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 OtTOBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1968 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 S 1 8 15 22 29 DECEMBER 1968 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 91011121314 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 JANUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SUMMER SESSION 1968 June 24 July 4 Aug. 2 ...........(Mon.) ............ Final registration and beginning of classes ............(Thurs.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday ............ (Fri.) ................. Final examinations ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69 FALL TERM Sept. Sept. Sept. Nov. Nov. Nov. 5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week 9, 10 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration 11 .......... (Wed.) ...................... Classes begin 19 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes 20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations 27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. (Mon.) .................... Classes resume Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 26-March 4 ... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations March 5-10 ....... (Wed.-Mon.) ................ Term break ... ... SPRING TERM March 10 .......... (Mon.) ...................... Registration March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin April 2, 9:00 p.m. .. (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins April 8, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 26-30 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement ... - ' ;:,, ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970 AUGUST 1969 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 , S 2 9 16 23 30 SEPTEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 OCTOBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1969 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 78910111213 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 891011121314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 MAY 1970 S M T W T F 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 31 JANUARY 1970 S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969 . . . . . . . . . . . . Final registration and beginning of classes July 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday July 18 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations June 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) July 21 Aug. 8 ............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969 ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70 FALL TERM Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) . . . Freshman Welcome Week Sept. 8, 9 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration Sept. 10 ........... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes Nov. 19-25 . . . . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations Nov. 26-Dec. 2 . . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess WINTER TERM Dec. 2 ............. (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. ... (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes Feb. 25-March 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break SPRING TERM March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes May 25-29 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement S 2 9 16 23 30 A I M S A N D OBJECTIVES Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The American Lutheran Church. The faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this institution. ULTIMATE AlMS TO contribute to the true good of human life and society. To contribute t o the building of free and living congregations in the community of the Christian Church. BASIC PHILOSOPHY The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of God in Christ constitutes the greatest potential for good in human life and society; but this potential is realized only insofar as it is actualized in the minds and hearts of individuals. The redemption of the mind constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the ChrGtian Church; in seeking to relate all learning to the truth of the Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to society. Where there is an atmosphere of free and honest inquiry, truth has the overwhelming advantage; the Christian college, therefore, pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by inviting teachers and students to join in a common search for truth and in a common attempt to see all truth in relation to ultimate s ruth. PRIMARY OBJECTIVES To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can reap the maximum benefit from a program of Christian higher education. To provide a campus setting that is conducive to the spiritual, mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students. To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist them to develop the habits and skills necessary for sound academic work. To acquaint its students with the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both for the sake of the enrichment of their own lives and, through them, for the enrichment of their homes and communities. To confront its students with the problems and benefits of living and serving in an increasingly urban culture. To lead its students to a deeper understanding and. experience of the Christian Gospel in its relation to every area of life and learning. To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their peculiar aptitudes and interests, and to provide training and counsel that ,will assist them in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto. To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each GENERAL INFORMATION student to look upon his life as a Christian vocation, and an opportunity for service t o God and man. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning. As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that high level of excellence which is appropriate to such a community. Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an institution founded by Lutheran immigrants from Norway who sought t,o play a creative role in American life and society, and seeks t o preserve the enduring values of this heritage in the life of the college community today. As a metropolitan college, Augsburg attempts to relate its faculty and. students to an urban culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing metropolitan community in which it is located. THE PHYSICAL PLANT Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are conveniently located in relation to each other. Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices. Science Hall, erected in 194% 49, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped laboratories for chemistry, phys- ics, and biology; a medium-sized auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland Observatory, on the roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960. The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices. There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes. Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building, named in honor of Professor J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. East Hall, purchased in 1966, provides a rehearsal hall for the Concert Band and Repertoire Band as well as rehearsal and instruction rooms for instrumentalists. The Music Hall was acquired by purchase in 1947 and has been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal rooms together with a rehearsal room for large groups. The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely -..,+-,: functional building for dramatic and other speech activities. The Augsburg College Center, completed in 1967, is a center of non-academic activity on campus. The building houses the Commons, which is the name for the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee shop. Student government and student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000 square feet of space. Urness Tower Residence for Women, completed in 1967, is an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness who have given several generous gifts to the college. A unique feature of the building is that each floor is considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. The second floor level with main lounge, also provides an apartment for the head resident. There is an observation lounge a t the top of the structure. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The building houses about 65 men students and provides for some faculty and administration offices in one wing. Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in- corporates a building donated to the college in 1939 from the late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs. Sivertsen, and a larger addition erected in 1955 and named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen. dean of women a t Augsburg from 1923 to 1964. The building provides housing for about 144 men students as well as apartments for the resident head. The Studio Building, dedicated in 1964, houses the Department of Art on its two floors. West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. The building houses 38 women students and an apartment for the head resident. Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men or women students, married students and for faculty and staff members. The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is located on the West River Road. THE ARCHIVES - The Augsburg Archives seeks to gather and make available for use documents, books, and other articles of historical value. The George Sverdrup Library provides adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives. Here are found a large collection of periodicals, manuscripts, letters i n d pictures, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. LIBRARY FACILITIES - The beautiful and spacious George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, and is adding approximately 7,000 new volumes each year. Students and faculty working in either of the two large reading rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand. All books are kept on open shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to students. Special collections have been developed in the Music Library, the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences include conference rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is provided in the first-floor reading room. The library subscribes to nearly 600 of the best periodi- cals dealing with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Curregt issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area. The library plays an active role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly book discussions for faculty, staff, and students. In the Twin City area are other libraries which make their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to out-of-town students for each school year. NATURAL SCIENCE LABORATORIES The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science Hall. Four laboratories and storeroom and office space for biology are located on the second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research laboratories for chemistry and two laboratories for physics are located on the third and fourth floors. A chemistry library is located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here. FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1968-69 COMPREHENSIVE FEE Includes tuition, board and room and College Center fees as described below. (per year) $- 2,270.00 - - - TUITION - New freshmen entering September, 1968 (per year) $ 1,400.00 This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years. In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate, upon application and approval, may be extended for a fifth year. Transfer students and returning students not on a prior year-guaranteed plan. (per year) $ 1,300.00 Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per term) (per credit hour) $ -3880 Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit. BOARD AND ROOM Residence Halls Honor Houses (upper-class students only) The board plan provides 21 meals per week. (per year) (per year) $ _ 840.00 $ 795.00 OTHER REQUIRED FEES College Center Fee (per year) Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis. Application Fee Required of all new students, non-refundable. Initial Payment-New Students Required of students whose application for admission has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1968. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable or refundable. Room Reservation Deposit-Returning Students Required by July 1, 1968, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1968. Breakage Deposit Required of all resident students. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College. SPECIAL FEES Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel or add) r Late registration after classes begin (per day) Placement re-registration (for alumni) Graduation fee Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy Arrangements for special examinations are made in Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule on file. $ 30.00 $ 10.00 $ 100.00 $ 25.00 $ 20.00 $ $ $ $ $ 2.00 2.00 5.00 15.00 1.00 SPECIAL COURSE FEES Computer Science Student Teaching Improvement of Reading Music Lessons (10 per term) Practice Studio Rental Organ (one hour per day) Piano or Voice (one hour per day) OTHER COSTS Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore. Estimated costs (per year) $ Linen service, required in residence halls (per year) $ Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a yearly budget, a student should add (per year) $ $ SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT A statement of charges for the year will be prepared and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the beginning of each term except that for the fall term payments will be due on or before August 20, so that all necessary processing of financial arrangements can be completed in time to clear the student for registration. - In some cases, more frequent and smaller payments may be--necessa~ or desirable. Information on this mode of payment will be forwarded with the statement of charges in August. Students using this service will pay a carrying charge. %. REFUNDS If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of term fees, tuition and room charges are allowed as follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident or illness during the first five weeks of the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated above, except that board is refunded on a proportionate basis. Students required to enter military service will receive a full refund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges. 100.00 27.00 300.00 to 400.00 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College. Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe t o the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal form each year. Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time. The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year, September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period. United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured Loan program. Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. SCHOLARSHIPS SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN Foundation Fellowships are offered t o students with outstanding high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in honors course work. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years for students with a grade point average o~f 3.0 (B average). TO qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities, and character. Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50. Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships. Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000 to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective. Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department. Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 to $600 and may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0 (C average). SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of their ma)or department. These scholarships are renewable if the student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better. Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of financial need. The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship. The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship is awarded annually to a student studying choral music. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students. The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the College. Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the field of business. The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr. and Mrs. 0. I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic success. The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in 1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics. International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students. The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of $200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship and economic need. The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957 through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and interest in Christian service. 1 The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956 by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field of physical education. Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing. Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in 1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy holders. David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are doing student teaching. The Onesimus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs. James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount of $300 to an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in the Christian ministry. -- in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually to a sophomore or junior student d outstanding promise in the field of music. The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The amount of the prize is $50. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be unable to pursue higher education. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in 1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940 to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to seIected students preparing for Christian senrice. I The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory. As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American Negro student. Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of $300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of smial work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests, aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award. The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from 1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Donran. It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory. A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and I . I I deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen, professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in the field of English. Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962 by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually to an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship committee. Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts is used to provide scholarships d varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald of Norway to the Augsburg campus in October, 1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for a student from Norway who wishes t o study at Augsburg. The recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway set up for this purpose. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. - 3 The Carl Fwse Memorial -h~ 'p was established i 1960 by the Department of Chemistry t o honor the memory of Carl Fosse, professor of chemistry a t Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry a t Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. I 3 The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise in the field of chemistrv. The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi'ochemistry at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960 to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student omf chemistry a t Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The annual award ia made t o a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship w a s established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promising achievement in the field of chemistry. I GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects of graduate study. George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT An employment assists students the school year, and off-campus II service, located in the Student Personnel Office, in obtaining part-time remunerative work during Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus jobs are available. I ADMISSION APPLICATION PROCEDURE Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting, writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are received between September and January of the students' senior year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well in advance of this date. An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing. Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition. An interview on campus is encouraged. Instructions for applying for admission: 1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee (non-refundable) and a photograph to: Office of Admissions Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or colleges to send an official transcript of grades together with results of standardized tests taken. 3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The test should be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year. See your counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The quality of a student's work in high scho'ol, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular pal-ticipation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who rank high in their high school graduating class, a t least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received before the student will be permitted to register. TRANSFER Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The grade point average for graduation is based on work taken a t Augsburg. ADVANCED PLACEMENT Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed. ADVANCED STANDING Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school students who have successfully completed a college-level course provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations. CAMPUS q- There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a whoiesome spirit of ~hristianc&rnunity living. :,!, I. !<i THE CHAPEL SERVICE At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance is expected of all students and faculty. COMMISSION OF RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council. Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and the stimulation of faith through discussion and service. RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God. As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man. It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish programs and policies that contribute to this end. . ''? "' , !> - It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social and recreational program approved by the college. It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first d, .. '!D . :lf: ,* - dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence or a t any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21 years of age. CONVOCATION Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic. SOCIAL, CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAM In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience. Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances, talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment. Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance. Many students take part in the social society system a t Augsburg by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council. The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical Education Department features touch football and basketball. On campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall. Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming a t Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is arranged for those wanting to attend. The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card. Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and Promotion. METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater, Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater, and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic and musical presentations. Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions a t the University and Tyrone Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium. The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students enrolled a t Augsburg College. The central concern of student government is focused on education to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and participating in policy making. STUDENT GOVERNMENT The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work. The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representatives on the council. The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are subject to appeal only to the President of the College. The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also have representation on college committees such as the President's Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the voice of all American students before the national government and other organizations in matters of student concern. The Student Government directs several projects of interest to the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with neighboring institutions of higher education. Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students, provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and programs of their respective areas. The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work. PUBLICATIONS Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography. The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business managers for the campus publications. The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations. The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom. Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. All these organizations are cu-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive Council meetings. The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in this specific area. The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an organization especially for students in the elementary education program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education. CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement. The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities. The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen. The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane." The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people of various countries. The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments. The French Club is composed of students interested in the French language and culture. The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs. Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate. The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, art and history. The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation of the Christian ministry. The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing. The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way. The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for professional work in the field of Social Service. The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers for public events scheduled for the campus. The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year. The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis. The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the band tours annually to various parts of the United States. The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965. The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director. The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition. Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band and the Symphonia. MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS -- PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity for his own recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well a s individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners of intramural schedules in various colleges. INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf. PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are t o be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties. More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of special use t o him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly t o this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program. - ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director of Student Activities for approval. Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. A student on academic probation may not be a member of the Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not eligible t o participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading, student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and other activities may be designated. HONORS AND AWARDS The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility of these women to foster the development of academic excellence, leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College. On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years. Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience. The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship. Juniors and seniors who ,have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as pledges. Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social sciences is required for election to membership. The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg College. The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship. The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the most valuable player on the basketball team. Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies, student government and community activities. Institutional services t o students are organized and administered in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions, Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Sewice, Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students. STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ADMISSIONS 0 Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and homes a s the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest. In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if a t all possible. COUNSELING Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life. At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels. All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. RECORDS Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission data, academic achieve~ment,student participation and achievement in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and other information. The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters. THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment. Infirmary rooms are provided. The Health Service is located in Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus. Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering, each entering student is required to have on file the report of a physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days before the beginnicg of classes each year. The students take tests, attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences during which they plan the student's program of study. All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals. A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in college are especially urged to enroll in this course. HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom. In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans. Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for these counselors and handle cases referred to them. All students not living a t home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option. Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is available to students living in houses. Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1. All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is isfactory and the key is returned. and fee the sat- GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state, and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no placement fee. CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under the Augsburg Student Society. A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the Office of Student Activities. GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College: 1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements described below. 2. Completion of a major. 3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior standing in fall of 1968) 4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50. 5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken. 6. Proficiency in English, 7. The last year of course work at Augsburg. GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS The general education program at Augsburg College consists of core and distribution requirements as follows: 1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits credits credits credits credit credits credits credits credits credits credits credits credits The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music, or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is recommended that the general education requirements be completed in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and senior years. Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12. The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he has had four years or more of one foreign language. In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course d science have ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course. Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also. Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics. The general education requirement in speech or literature will be satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request a student may substitute another literature course by permission of the instructor. MAJORS AND MINORS The following majors are offered: American Studies Art Biology Business Administration: Accounting Business Administration: Finance Business Education Chemistry Economics Elementary Education English French German Greek Health and Physical Education History Mathematics Medical Technology Music Natural Science Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Scandinavian Studies Social Sciences Sociology Spanish Speech Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the head of the department offering the major. This is normally done in the spring term of the sophomore year. A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also offered in Library Science and Latin. For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements. ELECTIVE CREDITS Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the major and for general education. To ensure a broad range of electives, a limitation of 60 credits has been set as the maximum number o,f credits from one department which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music. Business Administration and Economics are considemd separate departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward the 180 (or 186) credits re uired for the degree. d - rn I PROFICIENCY IN WRITING All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the sophomore year and. must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English. DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 . 8 4 . 0 grade average Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79+ grade average Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed a t least two years d work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as given above. GRADE VALUES A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks; or student withdrew from college. S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average. CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five weeks of the following term, the condition auto~maticallybecomes a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received a t the end of a term. REPEATING COURSES A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit; they may, however, be audited. REGISTRATION Students who have been accepted for admission should register on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit registration in determining load and fees. Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school. No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there is not sufficient registration. The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is normally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to students who have gained an average record oi B, or three grade points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount o,f their registration accordingly. CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION A student who desires to make a change in his registration should obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the first week of classes. A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course. No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the term. A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of a term must cancel his registration a t the Registrar's Office in order to remain in good standing. CLASSIFICATION In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours with at least twice that number of grade points: Credits Grade Points 36 72 Sophomore 84 168 Junior 130 260 Senior Students are classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each school year. Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special students. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall average entering in as an additional factor. First-year students with a grade point average of 1.5 or below Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below All students with 7 or more credits of F. In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term. A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship. CLASS ATTENDANCE Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo,wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class. In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance, is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar. Students who find it necessary t o be absent because of illness or for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness, the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if this is requested by the teacher. Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F. Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed. Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to the teacher. EXAMINATIONS Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by- freshmen are made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term to the parents and students. Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination in any course before the examination week. Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the teacher concerned. If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5 ($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office. UNIVERSITY COURSES By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may register for courses at the University. But such registrations will not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation. COURSES OF STUDY Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings. NUMBERING OF COURSES Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general, courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 2 0 4 9 for sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors. SYMBOLS # Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of prerequisites. CREDITS Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per term. DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is appointed for a two-year term. Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental statements. DIVISION of the HUMANITIES Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman Department of Art Department of Classical Languages Greek; Latin Department of English Department of Modern Languages French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish Department of Music Department of Speech DIVISION o'f NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman Department d Biology Department of Chemistry Department of Health and Physical Education Department of Mathematics Department of Physics 7 [7 DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman Department of Philosophy Department of Religion DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education Department of Education Elementary Education Secondary Education Library Science Geography Department of History Department of Political Science Department of Psychology Department of Sociology 0 AMERICAN STUDIES Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various departments. The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service. Major: 56 credits, minimum Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses (29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 ( 5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study. The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English, History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies of various disciplines. The following are required core courses: English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12 History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3 Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer. Dem. (5 crs.) Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.) Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99, would attempt to accomplish this. From the following elective courses the student must choose a minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments: Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.) English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45 History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.) History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 21 or 22 Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't; Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science 2&2 1 Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22 Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21 Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. # Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21 Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC. 11 Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11 Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of the above elective courses in the program. American Studies courses (required): 95 Seminar 4 crs. Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior year. For majors or #. (Winter) 99 Independent Study 5 crs. Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year. For majors only. (Spring) MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND, MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence DEPARTMENT The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art. ART OF In additim k) t & catrseS h cm?& sbi&enbhave the opportunity to study and 18us-s witk A* ~oI(3er~ M s t in residence, problems & &rtpd&t@ tp Wm&&gd' M e d && windows. David in W m 6 e i & ap%ihH@Ws those interested Westphal, &ek&a-@er in film making as a fine art medium. Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99. Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85. Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are required to take 50. I t is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to Fine Arts under the Department of Music. 1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS 4 crs. Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. C3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring, 1 7 DRAWING - 2 crs. Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 DRAWING Figure drawing. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2 crs. 12 COMPOSITION 6 crs. A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. [4 lect., 2 double labs. Fall, Winter.] 18 PAINTING I 4 crs. Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape, and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1969-70.1 1 2 I SCULPTURE I 4 crs. Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.] 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN 4 crs. A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 19'6849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 50 CERAMICS I 4 crs. An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.] 1 51 CERAMICS I1 4 crs. A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] 1 55 PAINTING II 4 crs. Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect., 2 double labs. Spring.] 67 PRINT MAKING I 4 crs. Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.] H 68 PRINT MAKING II 4 crs. Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.] H 78 SCULPTURE II 4 crs. Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [ 4 double labs. Prereq. 7, 8, 21. Winter, 196SG9. Spring, 1969-70.1 H 8 3 ART HISTORY I 4 crs. Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization. Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.] H 84 ART HISTORY II 4 crs. Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.] H 85 ART HISTORY Ill 4 crs. Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present. [Spring.] H 99 STUDIO Ill 2-5 crs. Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics. Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second course in the studio area and#.] DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY MR. SULERUD, chairman, RIR. HERFORTH, RIR. RIICKELBERG, MR. THORPE, 1MR. URDAHL It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology or in a related area such as the medical profession. All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical technology students. Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option I1 may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others whose intended careers require relat,ively more w-ork in biology and somewhat less in the related sciences. Option I : 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21, 22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis (Chem. 53). Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry, normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem. 53) ; introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent). Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6). Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology. Biology 1 and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6. I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 5 crs. The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed to enter Biology 12 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall, Spring.] 3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 4, 4 crs. A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab. Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.] Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.] 8 MICROBIOLOGY 4 crs. Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only. [Prereq. : Chem. 3. 3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.] 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY 6, 6 crs. A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term : vertebrate anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.] 5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 5 crs. The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq. :12. Fall.] 53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 6 crs. A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Winter.] 61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY 5 crs. The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic plant groups. [ 4 lect., 2 doi~blelab. Prereq. : 12. Fall, 1969.1 63 PLANT TAXONOMY 5 crs. Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1968.1 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and an introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.] 72 GENETICS 5 crs. The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect., 1 double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 6 crs. A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.] 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 6 crs. A consfderation of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.] U P P E R DIVISION COURSES 8 1 ECOLOGY 5 crs. A survey of representative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1 91, 92, 93 SEMINAR I cr. each Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics may concern the history and philosophy of science a s well as current literature. Biology majors a r e required to register for a t least two terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1-5 crs. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY Individual work on a research project. [Prereq. : Previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.) MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK, MR. TEDEFAIAK Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs. The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial relations, or law. DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, ECONOMICS, AND BUSLNESS EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Major in Business Administration-Accounting: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance: 38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61. Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad. 61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be allowed by permission. 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 4, 4 crs. Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships, partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.] 31 BUSINESS LAW 5 crs. Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. [Fall.] 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE 5 crs. Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements, cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a business enterprise. [Prereq. : 1 , 2 . F a . 1 W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.] 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING 5 crs. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.] 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 5 crs. Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1 UPPER DIS-ISION COURSES . . . . 78 INVESTMENTS I 5 crs. The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Spring, 196849.1 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING :L ' 5 crs. Essential features of accounting for manufacturing emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.] 82 TAX ACCOUNTING concerns with 5 crs. The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.] 83 AUDITING 5 crs. Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.] ECONOMICS Major: 31 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad. 1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended for those planning on graduate study in economics. Minor : 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23. 2 2 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 4 crs. Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues, such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . . 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 4 crs. Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national income and employment, money and banking, monetary-fiscal policy, economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc. [Prereq. : 22. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 5 crs. Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.: 23. Fall.] 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 5 crs. Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS 4 crs. Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.] . 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 5 crs. Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter, 196!+70.] 91 PUBLIC FINANCE 5 crs. Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Fall.] 92 MONEY AND BANKING 5 crs. Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy. [Prereq. : 23. Winter.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring.] BUSINESS EDUCATION These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a E p portunity for the develcpment of business skills for personal use. II Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23. Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50 and 53. Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Rus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23. For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with bvo years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of 8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the business field. I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING 2 crs. The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting. [5 hours. Fall.] 8 CALCULATING MACHINES 4 crs. Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.] 10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 4 crs. Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing and organization of records in the office. r 4 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Spring.] 2 1 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND 4 crs. Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription. Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high school. [5 hours. Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Fall.] 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 4 crs. Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate;ial dictated a t speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [ 5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 5 crs. Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of legal documents. [Prereq. : 1or equiv. Winter.] 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND 5 crs. Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES 4 crs. Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or equiv. Spring.] 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR 3 crs. A study in special problems in the field of business education through research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business. [Fa.] DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG, MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems. Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology, medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and (4) the chemical profession. I -!! ?> I : . The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society for the preparation of chemistry majors. Students planning to majo: in chemistry in preparation for graduate school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time. Major: 40 credits, including Chenl. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42. Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 61, 51, 52; for graduate study: 15, 16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly recommended for graduate study. Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and senior years in Chem. 91. Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist, and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.] 5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY 6,6 crs. An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists; others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.] 2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6 crs. Designed for medical technology and other students v.ho desire less than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq. : 5 or 15. Spring.] 5 1 , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds. Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION I 53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 or 6 crs. Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis. Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5. [4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.] 1 61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 6, 6 crs. Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math. 42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter. 1 I 63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq.: 52, 61, and some rending knowledge of German. Spring.] 1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY 4 crs. Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schredinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems. [4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] I 8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques. [3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 53, 62 or #. Fall.] I 83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 5 crs. Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations. [4 lect., 1four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.] I 91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 0 crs. During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH Cr. arr. During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year, each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members. By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.] DEPARTMENT OF CLASSICAL LANGUAGES MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries. GREEK Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latii 1, 2. Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under Greek, 61 to 163. Minor: 27 credits. I 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.: Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.] 13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK 5 crs. Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading and parsing of easy selections frcm classical and New Testament Greek writings. [Prereq. : 12. Spring.] 51, 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK 4, 4 crs. Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the .book of Acts. Special emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.: 13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.] 55 GREEK EXEGESIS 4 crs. Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. [Offered on demand. Spring.] 59 CLASSICAL GREEK 4 crs. Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. CPrereq. : 52. Offered on demand.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES LATIN Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35. Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota. Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg. Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota. 1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN 5, 5 crs. Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2, Winter.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN 4, 4 crs. Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 52 VERGlL 5 crs. Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.] 53 CICERO 5 crs. Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.] ECONOMICS See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG, MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well a s for further study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0 over-all. Both a r e expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major and 2.0 general average a t this point. Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 21 or 22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52, 53, 54). See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 1 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111 0 crs. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. The growth and development of the human organism from conception through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq. : Psych. 5. Fall.] 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING 5 crs. The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.] 1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS: HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC - 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.] 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 4 crs. See under Department of Art. 1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS: MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE 4 crs. Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 1 64 METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS, READING 6 crs. Objectives and techniques in the language arts: listening, speaking, writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.] 1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES 2 crs. Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies. Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.] 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE 15 crs. Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. CPrereq. : # Fall, Winter.] . I 79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 crs. Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq.: 65, 56 or #. Spring.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.] SECONDARY EDUCATION For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54, 59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements. 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall, Winter.] 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111 0 cr. Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 5 crs. Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level. Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's major field. [Prereq. :50. Spring.] 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS 4 crs. Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors. [Prereq.: 50. Spring.] / 8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING 5 crs. Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements. [Prereq.: Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.] 10 crs. 84 STUDENT TEACHING Experience in observing and directing learning experiences at the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program. Fall, Winter.] 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY 4 crs. Problems in education and the relation of the American school system to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.] 88 GUIDANCE 4 crs. The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling. [Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of s~ecializationin education. Each student does research and resents a report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] LIBRARY SCIENCE The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books and related materials, efficient and effective management of library materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science. Minor: 23 credits. 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY 5 crs. The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library services and activities ; methods of evaluation. Organization of library materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.] 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS 4 crs. Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1 disc. Spring.] UPPER DMSION COURSES 58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Fall.] 59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS 4 crs. Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.] W 75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE 5 crs. Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. 13 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.] GEOGRAPHY 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and human environment. [Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY, MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN, MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT, MRS. TRAUTWEIN The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development, especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature. The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary and secondary school and for graduate study. Major: 46 credits above 15, Encluding, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course, and electives. Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required. Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are also required. Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French. Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives. Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor. Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62. Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test. Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses. 4 crs. H I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] E 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper, the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE 5 crs. Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.] H 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM 4 crs. A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing. rWinter.1 H 3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING 4 crs. A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 32 CREATIVE WRITING 4 crs. Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.] 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION 5 crs. Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 40 LITERARY CLASSICS 4 crs. Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS 5 crs. Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present, noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE J UPPER DMSION COURSES The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf" to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.] . 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH 5 crs. I I I I ..,. .. I :3:. A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of the English language. [Spring.] 61 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800 5 crs. I .. Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or --. ,. 'II , #. Fall.] * 62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs. .:, Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics, essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the century. [Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.] 72 MODERN FICTION . 4 crs. Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.] I I 74 MODERN POETRY 4 crs. Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.] 78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY " 4 crs. A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. : 31 or 32 or #. Spring.] . -. I .,,, 9 > !:: ,I.>- < I W 80 THE BRITISH NOVEL 4 crs. Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the present. [Winter, 1969-70.1 . 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL 4 crs. A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1 1 Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading and analysis. [Prereq.: 47. ' w . .+, Spring.] 86 MILTON >, 4, 5 crs. 84 SHAKESPEARE ; 3 t ;*; r: . 4 cr?. A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61 I or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 - 88 CHAUCER - 4 crs. Study of Chaucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1 1 .,, 3 I -- 90, 91, 92 ENGLISH SEMINAR 3, 3 , 3, crs. Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91, a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor. 190, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration for the fall term. FRENCH AND GERMAN See under Department of Modern Languages. GEOGRAPHY See under Department of Education. GREEK See under Department of Classical Languages. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND EDUCATION MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER, MR. SAUGESTAD The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education. All students are required to take a physical examination as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the physical education program. One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students. Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72. Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women. Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6. Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32, 43, and 72. Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and SOC. 31, and Biol. 6. Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6. Coaches atering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota Public Schools are required to have at leas€ rz coaching endorsement In the field nf ph~~sical education. Sports included under this requirement are football, basketball, mack, hockey, w~estling,and baseball. 4 1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs. Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall. 2, Winter. 3, Spring.] 10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID 5 crs. Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.] I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS I , I cr. Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water safety. Open only to majors and minors. [2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women), Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.] 23 TEAM SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.] 4 3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS 5 crs. Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate sections for men and women. 110 hrs. per week. Fall.] 4 32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS 4 crs. Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights, relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 5 crs. History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.] 50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID I cr. Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Aid card. Winter.] Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard -st 4 51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs. Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : I5ol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.] 4 52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND EVALUATION 4 crs. Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in physical education. [Winter.] 4 57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs. Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under Department of Education. [Winter.] 59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 2 crs, Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wcimen. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION W 60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM 4 crs. Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.] W 7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING 5 crs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures. [Fall.] W 72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES 4 crs. Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.] W 73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAM Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.] W 82 COACHING OF SPORTS 4 crs. Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic injuries. [Winter.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical Education. Open only to majors. DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON, MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for s e c o n d w teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' undersfandiny 2nd appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and lo enhmce students' effectiveness as contributing members of society. Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work. W 1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD SETTING 4, 4, 4 crs. Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to 1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.] 5, 5 crs. W 21, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected for the honors program. C21, Fall, .Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.] W 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY See under Department of Modern Languages. UPPER DIVISION COURSES 5 crs. W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs. Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the New Deal, the background of WorM War I and World War 11, and the coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. : 22, Winter.) W 56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 4 crs. The relationship of ,foreign policy to general American development is stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.] 1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 4 crs. Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area, Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and emergence of independent governments after World War TI. [Fall.] 1 6 1 ANCIENT HISTORY 4 crs. A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.] 1 62 ENGLAND TO 17 14 Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.] 4 crs. 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a secular and scientific world view. [Spring.] 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY 4 crs. A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent of instructor. Winter.] 1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's t o 1850 4 crs. The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.] 1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE 4, 4 crs. The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa, South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.] 1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 4 crs. Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.] 1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS 3 crs. Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] LATIN See under Department of Classical Languages. LIBRARY SCIENCE See under Department of Education , DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD, MRS.NAUCK The Department of Mathematics aims to develor, the student's knowledee and sk31 in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics, an appreciation of its cultural and practical Galues, and the backgroud for teaching and for professional and graduate study. - - ~- - ---- Major: 24 credits above 43, including 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84. Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80, 83, 84. Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92. . . . Minor: 12 credits above Math. 43. See under Curriculums for suggested course of study. 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs. A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13, Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.] 40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I 5 crs. An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14 (or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.] 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV 5, 5, 5 crs. (Calculus1 Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42, Spring. 43, Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC 4 crs. Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathema. tics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.] 58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 4 crs. Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential eguations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical methods ; and an intrduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq. : 43. Winter.] . 61 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 crs. A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. FaU.] W 64 MODERN GEOMETRY 4 crs. An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean, and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 4 crs. An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.] W 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA 4, 4 crs. The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view. Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 52, Winter. 73, Spring.] W 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 4 crs. The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry, and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.] 83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS 4, 4, 4 crs. Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83, Fall. 84, Winter. £5, Spring.] W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one h w ~ rper week. [Prereq.: 73 and 85. Fall, Winter, Spring.] COMPUTER SCIENCE 45 COMPUTER SCIENCE 4 crs. Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined. Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.: Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.] MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR See under Curriculums I* MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON, MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY, MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage. DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate study. The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended. Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language. FRENCH Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63, 64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH 5, 5 crs. Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. C<)r.tinui.s traininp in ii~tral-oral skills, structure of the language and reading cnmprchrnsior? that will lead to cultural appreciation and the reading h~.xrledgrnccded for general pursuits. Grammar review, selectcd rcndinz and Ia h(:ri.:itl)?y practice included. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. Fall, . . Winter, Spring.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 4, 4 crs. Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French. [Prereq. : 2 or UPPER DIVISION COURSES # .5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors. [Prereq. :6 or # .Fall.] 56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION 5, 5 crs. The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor. Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, disn required cussion, oral and written reports in the language. On for the major. [Prereq. :55 or #.I I H 72 THE FRENCH NOVEL 5 crs. Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #. Spring, 1969.1 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA 5 crs. Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the literary works with lectures, discussion. reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or # . Spring, 1970.1 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques, variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.] H 92 FRENCH SEMINAR 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on demand.] H 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH 2-5 crs. Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq. : 55, 63, 64 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] GERMAN 0 Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended. Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64. 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN 5 , 5 crs. Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] H 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 4, 4 crs. H 5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] H 55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSlTlON 5 crs. Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.] UPPERD~VISION COURSES 56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5, 5 crs. Topics dealing with the intellectual, geographic, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lectures supplemented with demonstration materials. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55, or #. 56, Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.] 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works. For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE 5 crs. Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1968-69.1 74 GERMAN DRAMA 5 crs. Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism, impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. I t is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84. Minor: 19 credits above 6. Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN 5, 5 crs. Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter, Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Nor- wegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.] 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY 5 crs. A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall, 1969-10.1 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA 5 crs. A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con- ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1969-70.1 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Spring.] 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC 4 crs. See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the department chairman. [Spring.] 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL 5 crs. Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1 UPPER DIVISION COURSES . . . 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA 5 crs. Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson, Strindberg, Lag-erkvist, Munk. and other twentieth centurv dramatists. Lectures will stress 1bsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of aUscandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written \vork in the Norwegian language. [Spring, 196849.1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian. Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1969-10.1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-5 crs. This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPANISH Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74,' 84; and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64. . Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84. 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH 5, 5 crs. Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH . . . . 4, 4 crs. Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq. : 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.] 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 4, 4 crs. Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall, Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq. : 6 or equiv. Fall.] 56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE 5 crs. Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements.. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN AUTHORS 5 crs. An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on demand.] 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 5, 5 crs. A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. Laboratory work. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. 63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.] 72 SPANISH NOVEL 5 crs. Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1 74 SPANISH DRAMA 5 crs. Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1 W 84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs. Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.: 55. Spring.] 92 SEMINAR . 4 crs. Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter. Offered upon demand.] 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF, MR. GABRIELSEN, MISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SAVOLD, MRS. THUT, MR. VUICICH The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level. General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant. Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers. DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and 76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one of the college music organizations. ,q.+(5IL, t ,I . - -Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60, and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one ; of the college music organizations. " Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1 - 3 , 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in applied music, and one year as a member of one of the college music o~ganizations. One public performance in their area of specialization is required of majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement. Sophomores, juniors and seniors a r e required to attend the bimonthly Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend. All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency exarnination by the end of the sophomore year. I t includes: ( a ) major and harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves, ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering, a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the pieces ( b or c) must be played from memory. During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision may not exceed six. See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study. l THEORY l 4 crs. Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, lriads and rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory entrance test. Fall.] 2 THEORY 2 5 crs. The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises. Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.: 1. Winter.] 3 THEORY 3 4 crs. Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writing two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.] 20 THEORY 4 4 crs. Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3. Fall.] 21 THEORY 5 4 crs. Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.] 22 THEORY 6 4 crs. Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.] 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS 4 crs. The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts. Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69. Fall, Spring, 1964-101. 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. UPPER DIVISION Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES materials, and techniques. [Spring.] 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.] 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE 4 crs. Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion instruments. [Winter.] 57 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores, organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.] 1 58 CONDUCTING 3 crs. Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.] 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 5 crs. Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.] 1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC 4 crs. Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.] 1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.] 4 crs. 1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.] 1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING 4 crs. The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. [4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.] 1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP 0 cr. Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per month. Fall, Winter, Spring.] APPLIED MUSIC Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher. Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under Financial Information. 1 PIANO I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 ORGAN I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 VOICE I cr. Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS, STRING INSTRUMENTS I cr. Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for the full year is required of participants. CHOIR Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CONCERT BAND Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] ORCHESTRA Membership is by audition. 13 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.] CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND, SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES Membership is by audition or consent of director. C2 rehearsals per wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.] MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BATLEY, MR. CHRISTENSON, MR. JOHNSRTJD The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1)to make a significant cmnlribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of their colIege major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program of study for st~rdcnts who desire to complete a major or minor in philosophy. Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 81 or 4 credits of 99. Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51. See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study. 21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY 4 crs. Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion. Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the 23 LOGIC 5 crs. A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include: the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition; principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.] 41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL 4 crs. A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St. Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.] 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN 4 crs. A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.] I 43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES W 5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.] I 61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language. [Fall, 196849.1 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and procedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.] m 65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present. Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.] 71 ETHICS An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse. [Winter, 1968-69.1 73 METAPHYSICS An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary views. [Prereq. : # Winter, 1969-70.1 . 75 EPISTEMOLOGY An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.: #. Fall, 1969-70.1 + '3, '! 'M. 1 2 1, 2 2 , 2 3 GENERAL PHYSICS 5, 5, 5 crs. A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics. For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall. 22, Winter. 23, Spring.] 1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS 4, 4 crs. The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle, a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.] 1 53 MECHANICS 4 crs. A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations. Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 58. Spring.] 61 ELECTRONICS 5 crs. A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits bef&e introducing the electron tube and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.] 1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 4, 4 crs. Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.: 61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.] 70 OPTICS 5 crs. Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. 14 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Spring.] 1 75 MODERN PHYSICS 4 crs. A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.] I cr. 1 77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS 4,4 crs. Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances. Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall. 82, Winter.] 1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS 4 crs. A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN .4ugsburg's offerings in political science are intended 10 facilitate an undersianding of the processes, concepts, and insliitltions of governance : to probide an intelIectua1 basis for effective and informed citizenship; and to help prepare interested students lor additional work at the graduate or pr'ufessiona! level, in such areas as lax\-, politicdl science, public administradon, and internationa1 rel?.tions. Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics (Soc. 6l). PoUticnl science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and at least one course in each of the follo~\-ingareas: Comparative Government (nunlhered in the 30's) : International Relations (60's); Public Law (70's) ; and Politicxl Theoq- (80's). Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and at least one course in each of three of the four areas indicated above. A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the Department of Political Science. . Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in political science or economics. 20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I: FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY 5 crs. The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.] 2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II: AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT 5 crs. The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict. [Spring.] 22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill: STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT; PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 5 crs. Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline, as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES . 50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions, and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Winter.] 5 1 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs. The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20,21, or 22, or #. Fall.] t:; I --. I.'. 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS 4 crs. General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.] 62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES 4 crs. Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. [Prereq. : 51 or 60. Spring.] 70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I 4 crs. The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits En American Govt. or #. Winter.] 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II 4 crs. A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lclrigh:s and liberties m d e r the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.] 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800 4 crs. Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers from Plato thrmgh Burke. rmphasis is placed upon elements reflected in Western democratic thought. [Fall.] 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT 4 crs. Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist, Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.] 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS 4 crs. An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected contemporary political scientists, and of their ohiloso~hicaland methodological assumptions. For majors in politicai science. [Spring.] 9 5 SEMINAR 3 crs. Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and subject matter. [Prereq. : # .] 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 2-5 crs. DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN, MRS. H O W A R D The objectives of this department are: (1)to acquaint the student with the princivles and methods in the scientific studv of behavior: and (21 to enable ihe student to better understand the pr;ce&es which influence behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior. M a j o r : 36 credits, tncluding 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition, Soc. 61 i s required. M i n o r : 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87. 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. o r #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR I cr. Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics. . [Prereq.: UPPER DIVISION COURSES #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. See under Secondary Education. 5 1 D E V E L O P M E N T A L PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Fall.] 52 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADOLESCENT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents, with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class differences. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in o r completion of . statistics. Winter.] 53 DEVELOPMENTAL P S Y C H O L O G Y : ADULT 4 crs. Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in geriatric psychology. [Prereq.: 5 a n d concurrent registration in o r completion of statistics. Spring.] . 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 4 crs. See under Elementary Education. 4 crs. 59 P S Y C H O L O G I C A L M E A S U R E M E N T I Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, a n d Soc. 61. Fall.] 4 crs. 60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence, aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.] - H 6 1 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs. A shtdy of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories, treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] H 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to experimental nlethodology in psychology : experimental design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.] 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 5 crs. See under Department of Sociology. 81 HISTORY AND THEORY 4 crs. A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.] H 85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.] 1 87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 crs. Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age, heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability and temperament. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.] 91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 crs. A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.: 17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.] 99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS 2 - 3 crs. Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.] MR. P. A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI, MR. FRETHEIM, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission. The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper division. Freshmen are required to take course 11: sophomores, course Z l . Courses 1 1 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses. Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement. Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of admission. Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above 21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in religion. Minor: 26 credits. DEPARTMENT OF -RELIGION I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY 5 crs. An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] . . . . 21 BIBLICAL STUDIES 5 crs. The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] UPPER DIVISION 51 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH 4 crs. The historical development and theological foundation of education in the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries. Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education today. [Winter.] 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN WORSHIP 4 crs. A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.] 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I 4 crs. A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East, including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.] 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1 4 crs. A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.] W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY See under Department of Sociology. 4 crs. 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS 4 crs. The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the early church. [Fall.] 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS 4 crs. An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther, John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.] 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM 4 crs. The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure, and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its environing culture. [Spring.] 71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS 4 crs. Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.] . 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL 4 crs. A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. [Spring.] 73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT 4 crs. The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.] 74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN 4 crs. A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East. Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly a s related to history and science. [Fall.] 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY 4 crs. An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.] 82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs. -New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of 'some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.] 83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS 4 crs. The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.] 84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN 4 crs. The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny of man. [Spring.] 85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs. A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.] 86 SEMINAR 4 crs. Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission of the instructor. 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 2-5 crs. SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES See under Department of Modern Languages. SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR See under Curriculums. MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN, MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSOAT, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region. DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required. Philosophy of Science is strongly recommended. Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required. Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61. Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses. I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS 4 crs. The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.] 3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY 5 crs. The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and viewing the contemporary American family against a background of modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.] 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 4 crs. Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture, and cultural growth. [Fall.] 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural society and the small community. The historic roots of the American rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world perspective. [Winter.] 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY 4 crs. The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work; historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration in 54. Fall.] I -,; 52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs. Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.] 53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY 4 crs. Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.] 54, 55, 56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL AGENCIES I cr. per term Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed. Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter. 56, Spring.] 1 57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS AND SOCIAL SERVICE 5 crs. A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and Social Services. 1 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY 4 crs. An examination of the social sources and structure of the church. Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church. [Fall.] 1 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS 5 crs. Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp* thesis testing. [Prereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.] 1 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH 5 crs. Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.] 1 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY 5 crs. Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency. Gang-delinquency, whitc-collar crime, organized crime. The theories of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.] 5 crs. Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior such as croivd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.] 1 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS 5 crs. The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.] 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 5 crs. Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and labor-management relations. [Spring.] 8 5 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS I cr. A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community. 91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY 5 crs. The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.] SPANISH See under Department of Modern Languages. DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama. Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities. Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is requked, but credits in this course do not count toward the major. Minor: 28 credits. Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32, 51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76. For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended. Elementary education students who have had speech in high school may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literature/speech requirement. Normally, courses 11 aud 51 fulfill this requirement. I I BEGINNING SPEECH 4 crs. Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS 4 crs. Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology, and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.] 16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS 4 crs. Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1968-69.1 1 2 1 DEBATE I cr. Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.] 28 STAGECRAFT 4 crs. Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open to all students. [Winter.] 1 3 2 ACTING 4 crs. An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.] UPPER DIVISION COURSES 1 5 1 ARGUMENTATION 5 crs. Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.] 1 52 PERSUASION 5 crs. Theory of persuasion and propaganda ; study of great speeches ; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. : 11. Spring, 196849.1 55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION 5 crs. Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.] 1 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING 5 crs. Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.] 1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS 5 crs. An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and dramatic production. [Fall.] 1 66 STAGE DIRECTION 5 crs. Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.] 1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN 5 crs. History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall, 196!%70.1 W 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH 5 crs. History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1 1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY 5 crs. Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction. [Winter.] 1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 crs. Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter, Spring.] SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at t h e Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the Schools df Nursing should be made t o the hospitals directly. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t one of the two hospitals. CORRECTIVE THERAPY A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. The program requires 250 hours of clinical observation, practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service a t the Veterans Hospital. The work may be done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries no college credit. SPAN IJ Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year. JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a number of European educational institutions. These institutions are: The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions such as the study of a foreign language. HONORS PROGRAM For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term. Many departments of the college offer a program through which the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for information regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them. Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic achievement and test results. NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and t o encourage better cultural exchange between the students of Augsburg Cdlege and colleges in the South, Augsburg has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange may take place during either the second or third term, or both, depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges. In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A further general requirement is approval by the student exchange board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of at least 2.50. Further details and application forms may be secured from the fice of the Dean or the President of the Student Society. OF THE PASS/NO CREDIT GFLXDING SYSTEM Effective with the 1967-68 academic year, a Pass/No Credit grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system are as follows: 1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a maximum of one course in any one term. 2. The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses in the student's major field. 3. Each department of the college shall determine which, if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office at each registration day of the courses which may not be taken under the system. 4. Although credits earned under the system will be counted toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's Grade Point Average. 5. The student must exercise the option of taking a course under the Pass/No Credit grading system a t the time of his registration for the course, and may not change after the end of the first week of the term. 6. Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S' shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'. AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968. For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may be earned. Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day. Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a high probability of success in college work. Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in voice and instrumental music. For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately. A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the morning of August 3. For specific information, interested persons are asked to write: Director of Summer School Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404 CURRICULUMS The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major, or a particular vocational objective. GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may be followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under departmental headings. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1, 2. or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Electives Term I n nr Cr. Cr. Cr. - - Term SOPHOMORE 5 - - - 4 - 5 5 5-6 5 Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 1 or Music 30 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or Economics 22 Electives Term I 11 ~n Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR 5 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 - - 4 4 Religion Electives I 11 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 4 5-6 5-6 - - - - 4 - - 4-5 - 6 6 I Term II m 4 - Cr. Cr. Cr. - 12 12 12 AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Foreign Language History 21. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Economics 22 (Optional) Speech or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 63 Eistory 55. Psychology 81. Sociology 42'. 43. Philosophy 65' Electives (non-major) - 5 - - 4 5 4 5 - - 4 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 English 45 Political Sci. 20, 21 1/3 1/3 1/3 4 - 4 - 4 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 4 4 - - 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 4 5 - 5 5 - - SENIOR Sociology 59. Political Sci. 70. History 56' Education 87. English 82. Political Sci. 22. American Studies 95 American Studies 99 Electives (non-major) * Electives in the major program ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY Term FRESHMAN I - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language 4 5 Art 2 2 8, 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5 - 6 - 4 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art 21- Art 18, 55 History 2 History 61 I 11 rn Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 - 5 5 4 4 4 - - 4 - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 Historv 3 Speecg 11 or Literature Music 30 History 21. 22 Elective Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 - - SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68 Art 78 History 95 History 71 Art 99 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Art. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2, or 3 Art 7 Art 8. 12 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Art 83, 84 Art 67 Art 50 H. P.E. 10 Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Music 30 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 4 2 2 6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - Term SOPHOMORE I I1 I11 Relieion 21 ore& Language Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 S'peech 11 o r Literature Art 21 Art 18 and 55 Psychology 5 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 5 - 4 - 4 - - 4 4 4 - - 5 4 - 0 0 0 - - 5 - 4 - - 4 4 - - - - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 - - 4 - 5 4 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education - - - - - .-. . . 87 .. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 68. 99 Art 78 Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 10 - 5 - - - - 4 - 4-5 - 4 - 4 - BIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated, the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually desirable. Biology 72 is required. Term Term FRESHMAN I I1 I11 Religion 11 Englsh 11, 12 History 3 Sociolow 11 chernGpy 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 Biology 11, 12 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 I I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Speech 11 or Literature Chemistry 51, 52, 53 Mathematics 40. 41. 42 Biology 53 o r eiective - - Term Term JUNIOR Relieinn -.--.-. . . . Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Biology 61. 71, or 76 Biology 63. 72 or 74 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 5 5 5 5 5 5-6 - - - - - 45 - 5 - 6 6 5 5 5-6 - 4 6 5 - SENIOR Religion Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Philosouhv 21 or 23 BiGG 7 3 OF elective Biology 72, 74, or 81 Biology 91. 92. 93 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 1 ~ 5-6 - 1 - 5-6 1 BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological sciences. When making the choices between the biology course options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are required. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 3 Sociology 11 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 2 4 5 - - 4 - - 6 - - 4 6 6 - - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion speech 11 or Literature Foreign Language Education 50. 59 Chemistry 53 Bioloev 61. 71. or 76 ~ i o l o s53' or ' 73 Biology 63, 72, or 74 Education 52, 53, 54 - - 4 4 4 4 4 - - - 6 - - 0 0 - 5 5-6 0 SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 ~ o r z g nLanguage Biology 51 Psychology 5 Chemistrv 23 H P.E."10 Mathematics 13 or 40. Mathematics 14 or elective* Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 - 5 - - 5 - - - - 6 - 5 5 - - SEYIQR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Rc,iaiun .Art - 1 or 3Tvljbic 30 Rluloz$' 61, 71, or 76 Biology 72. 74. or 81 4 5-6 - ... .. E d r ~ c a t ~ c n83 Educn:ion 87 Poi. Scl. 20. 21. or 22 - - - 10 4-5 - - 5-6 - 4 - - Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION) Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration. FRESHMAN - 'RcIipion & 11 E ~ 9 i s l 111, 12 Yidow 1, 2. or 3 Brssincss Ad. 1, 2 _Sociology 23-1 i L/-;;turt; Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR C3 Business Ad. 61 Economics 51 ???Business Ad. 62. 63 Electives Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE - - - Cr.Cr.Cr. . 5 ,,ReTi~lon 21 - 4 5 .. -Fori-igtl T.,anglage .. . - - 4 Easiness Ad..,13 4 4 Eco!~nmics22. 23-, - 4 ..--Dhtlosophy 21 5-6 5-6 - d p e e c h 11 or Literature - 4 d r t 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - 5 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 4 4 - - 5 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. ~ - - - - 5 - - - 5 4 5 5 SENIOR 5 - - - 4 5 - - 4 4 4 4 - - - Religion Business Ad. 81 Business Ad. 83 Electives MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (FINANCE SPECIALTZATTON) FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Histors 1. 2. or 3 ~ u s i n e s s~ d . 1, . 2 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. Elective H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 - 4 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Business Ad. 31 Economics 22, 23 Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. I :' ,.; '3, 'M. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Business Ad. 18 Business Ad 13 Electives BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 F'oFeign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 10 sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Business Ad. 1, 2 Business Ed. 50 Economics 22, 23 Business Ed. 63 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 - 4 - - - - - - - 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. -- - .Cr. --. 4 4 - 0 0 0 - 5 4 4 1 - 5 - 4 4 - - SOPHOMORE Relieion 21 F'orGgn Language Natural Science or Math. S ~ e e c h11 or Literature Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. ~ u s i n e s s - ~ d21 . Business Ed. 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 8 SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 10 - 5 H:~PE;--IO - - Business Ad. 31 Electives 5 4 - - - 4 5 8 CHEMISTRY MAJOR The following course of study meets the requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1, 2, or 3 Mathematics 40 Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 6 Mathematics 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Relieion chemistry 61, 62 Chemistry 63 Mathematics 83 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Chemistry 91 Electives Term I 11 111 Cr. -. . Cr. -. . Cr -5 4 5 4 5 6 6 - 5 5 - - - - Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 6 6 5 4 - 5 5 4 4 0 0 0 - 4 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Chemistry 51, 52 Chemistrv 53 Physics ii, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Sociology 11 SEh-IOR Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. - - 5 6 6 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - 4 - Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr Cr. Ro!iglgn Chernfstr' 81, 83 C h e m x ! ~i 2 Furdgn Lwguage Speech !1 or Lltcrature Pol. Sc!. 20. 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Chemistry 91 Electives DENTISTRY Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses in physics and chemistry are highly desirable. f i e following schedule will meet the requirements for admission t o most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about specific requirements. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Mathematics 40. 41 Biolocv 11. 12' ~ h e m y i t r y'15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 m I II Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 - 5 5 5 - 6 6 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - SOPHOMORE Term I n III Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Speech, Lit. or Hist. Psychology 5 chemistry 51, 52 Physics 21, 22. 23 ECONOMICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Natural Science or Math Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Economics 51, 58 Electives I I1 I11 c=.Cr. 5 - - - 4 SOPHOMORE Cr. 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. -4 4 4 - - - Term I 11 nr Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Speech 11 or Literature Art 1 or Music 30 Business Ad. 1, 2 Economics 22. 23 Electives Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Electives ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year. For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted. The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended. I Ion ll lab 11, I8 mstUl+l P , W S B ~ , O I O ~s&xm ' a F.E. m Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 Elective (minor) Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - 4 - - - - - - SOPHOMORE Term I 11 In Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Psychology 5 Physical Science Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 Music 30 History 21 or 22 Elective (minor) Term SENIOR Religion Education 77 Philosonhv 21 speech- lf Education 79 Education 87 Education 65 Electives (minor) Religion Education 55 Education 56 Education 52, 53, 54 Geography 14 Education 64 Education 57, 63 Education 58 -Mathematics 56 Elective (minor) I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 15 4 - - - 4 3 4 - - 2 8 - 4 - - - JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need t o apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications. Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors are: Health and Physical Education Mathematics Music Natural Science Biology Chemistry Physics Social Sciences History Political Science Art Business ducati ion English-Language Arts English Speech Foreign Language French German Scandinavian Studies Spanish Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science. Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 5 - 5 5 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 5-6 5 - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Music 30 or Art 1 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 Sueech 11 or Literature ducatio ion 50, 59 Education 52. 53, 54 H. P.E. 10 Electives in the major I I1 I11 SENIOR Reliigon Education 83, 84 Education 87 Electives in the major Term I TI 111 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 - - 4 5-6 5-6 - - 5 - - - 4-5 6 Term I I1 I11 Cr, Cr. Cr. - 4 - ENGINEERING The following program is recommended for students who plan to enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the U. of M. FRESHMAN Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE I Term I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliaion 21 Religion 11 English 11, 12 Sociology 11 Mathematics 40, 41, 42 Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Art 1 I Term I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relieion P~YECS75 Physics 62. 63 Physics Lab. Mathematics 83. 84 Biology 11, 12 or Elective Electives ENGLISH MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of English. Term FRESHMAN I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - Term JUNIOR Religion Art 1 or Music 30 English 61, 62, 84 English 72 or 74 English Elective Electives* I II rn Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 - - 4 5 5 SOPHOMORE Reliaion 21 Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Speech 11 Philoso~hv 21 ~ a t u r a Ccience i or Math. English 35 or 45 or Elective in the major English 47; and 31, 32, or 78 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term SENIOR Religion English 90 Electives* I II n I Cr- Cr. Cr. A - - Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80 or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language. ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11 or 15 English 12 or 35. 45 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 I Term I1 111 Term SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Language Speech 11 and 12, 52 or 55 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Natural Science or Math. English 35 or 45 or 55 English 47, 31 I 11 I n Cr. Cr. Cr. JUNIOR Religion Psychology 5 Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 ' English 61. 62. 55 English 72 or 74. 84 Speech 60 or 66 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 H. P.E. 10 Art 1 - o r Music 30 English 21 or 40, 88 or 88 English 90, 91, or 92 ~ i b r a r y Science 75 4 4 3 - - - 4 5 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Inter. Foreign Language Speech 11 or Literature Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 10. Electives or 56. 57 Religion 11 English 11. 12 Beg. Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science or Math. H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 5 5 5 5 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - SENIOR - Religion Religion Education 84' Education 50' Education 83' Education 52. 53. 54. Education 87. 4 Education 59: Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84 5 - Psychology 5 Literature 72 or 74 - - 5 Conversation 55 2 - 2 Indep. Study 99 Survey 63, 64.. 5 Electives 5 5 Literature 72 or 74 - 5 5 Electives * Students who do not plan to t a k e t h e education sequence may substitute 92 99 or other electives for these courses. * * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64. - - - - - - GREEKMAJOR Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken in the senior year. FRESHMAN Term I rI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Natur?l Science or Math Greek 11. 12. 13 Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Religion 11 English 11. 12 History 1. 2, or 3 Latin 1. 2. 3 ~ o c i o l o g y'11 H. P.E. 1 . 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Greek Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives SOPHOMORE Term I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 4 - 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 - 8 8 - - SENIOR Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5 4 - - Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of .Health and Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions. FRESHMAN # Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I TI I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 1 - Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 10 H. P.E. 23 H. P.E. 11, 13 (W, M) H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 Econ. 22 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 57. H. P.E. 51, 52 H. P.E. 11, 72 H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31. " SENIOR 5 4 - - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education 87 Philosoohv 21 H. ~ 5 7i* .H. P.E. 60* Speech 11 or Literature Electives Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major. HISTORY MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of His- tory. FRESHMAN Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~ o r e i g n~ i n g u a g e History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 1. 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreign Language History Economics Art 1 or Music 30 Minor or Elective Literature SOPHOMORE Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Foreign Laneuage History 21, 22 Philosoohy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language History Seminar Minor or Elective HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 ducati ion 52, 53, 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Science 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 History Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4 4 - - 4 5 5 4 4 5 - 4 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Historv 21. 22 ~ h i l o s o ~ h y21' Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 4 4 5 5 - - 5-6 5-6 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term SENIOR Religion Education 8 4 Education 83 Education Sociology 12 87 Soeech 11 or Literature History History 95 I n 111 13 Cr. Cr. LAW College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and suggested curricula for the following majors: American Studies, pages 50 and 108. English, pages 68 and 114. History, pages 34 and 116. Political Science, pages 92 and 121. While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields. While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the student to have completed his undergraduate degree program. Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered several times each year a t prescribed times. Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science. MATHEMATICS MAJOR The following course of study is designed for students who have a strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14 before registering for Mathematical Analysis. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Math. 40, 41, 42 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 Religion 21 4 5 - ; Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or 5 5 Econ. 22 - 4 Sociolom 11 5 5 5 ~oreig-~anguage Art 1 or Music 30 1/3 1/3 1/3 Physics or Chemistry Mathematics 43, 58, 64 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 ILI Cr Cr. Cr. FRESHMAN - - - SENIOR -- 4-5 4 - 4 4 - 4 5-6 5-6 5 4 4 Religion Mathematics 67 Mathematics 80 Mathematics 99 Electives Relieion ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Mathematics 72. 73 Philosophy 21 Speech- 11 or Literature Mathematics 61 Electives MATHEMATICS MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 5 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - - - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociolow 11 Pol. ~ d 20, : 21. or 22 or Econ. 22 Mathematics 43, 58. 64 Physics or Chemistry Term I I I Cr Cr. Cr. - - 4 - 4 4 5 - - - - 4-5 5 4 4 5-6 5-6 - ~ Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Art 1 or Music 30 Education 50, 59 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Mathematics 83, 84 Educatiun 52. 53, 54 Philosophy 21 Mathematics 61, 72 Elective 4 - - - 4 SENIOR Term I I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 87 Education 84 - - - ---Education 83 mathematics 80 Mathematics 67 Mathematics 99 H. P.E. 10 Electives ~ 0 0 - 4 - 4 4 - MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the Bachelor af Arts degree with a major in medical technology by completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg as well as at the affiliated hospital. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 2 Sociolom 11 Siiii&"11, 12 Chemistry 5 or 15 Chemistry 6 or 16 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Foreien Laneuaee POI. Sci. 20; 21; or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 or 23 Physics 3 Chemistrv 53 Bidlogy -71 electives Biology 76 Term I 11 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 - 5 - - 4 - 4 6 6 - - 6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 S ~ e e c h11 or Literature ath he ma tics 13 Chemistry 23 Biology 53 or 73 Biology 72 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 5 5 4 - - 4 - - - - SENIOR Cr. Cr. Ct - 4 4 4 4 - Lectures, laboratory and practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months. 45 credits MEDICINE Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is based on its requirements for admission. Information for other medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he intends to make application. The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are a s follows: m: Credits 12 12 12 5 9 Biology 11. 12 Chemistry 15. 16 Chemistry 51. 52 Chemistry 53 English 11, 12 Literature elective Mathematics 40, 41 Physics 21, 22, 23 Social Science and Humanities General electives 4 Recommended: Physical Chemistry 61 Mathematics 42 (calculus) Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable. Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors. MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Music. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2. 3 JUNIOR Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 68 Education 59 Art 1 Music 53*, 54 Music 60, 61 Music 57, 58 Music Organization Applied Music Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - - 4- 4 5 5 5 - 4 5 4 1 1 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 4 4 - - 0 0 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Sociology 11 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. Iviusic 4, 5, 6 Applied Music SENIOR Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 H. P.E. 10 Philosophy 21 Music Organization Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 - - 4 - - - - 5-6 5-6 4 4 4 1 1 1 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - ! MUSIC MAJOR FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Music 1, 2, 3 Applied Music H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term I TI 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - - - . 4 1 - 4- 5 1 4 1 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Sociology 11 Music 4, 5, 5 Applied Music Music Organization Elective Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 - 4 4 4-5 4-5 - - I JUNIOR Term II 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. SENIOR I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. Religicn Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Music 76 Applied Music Music Organization S ~ e e c h 11 or Literature ~iectives Religion Art 1 Music 60. 61, 62 Music 53.. b8 54 Music 57, - Applied Music Music Organization Electives Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term. NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and mathematics with a t least 27 credits in each of two of the areas of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics. The following program is suggested. I FRESHMAN Rellgion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Natural Science H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 .. JUNIOR Religion Philosophy 21 atural Science or Math. . d Term II 111 - 5 5 5 5 -- 4- Cr. Cr. Cr. P.E. 10 4 4 - - 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Term II rn CP. Cr. Cr. - -- 4 - 4 4 - 5 4 9 0 - 8 8 0 5 0 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Art 1 or Music 30 Natural Science or Math. Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Psychology 5 I Term nrn Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 4 4 - 13 13 - - - - - 5 - 4-5 - Term SENIOR Religion Natur.al Science or Math. Education 84 &ducation 83 Education 87 I 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - 13 13 10 5 - - - - - - 4 - I PHILOSOPHY MAJOR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreien LanmaPe ist tory 1, 2,-or-3 Sociology 11 Philosophy 21 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Electives Term I II III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 -- - - - - 4 - - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - 4 4 Term SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Art -1 or Music 30 ..~ Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Ph~!osophy 23 Philosophy 41, 42, 43 Term JUNIOR Religion Speech 11 or 51 or Literature Philosophy Elective Electives I I1 I11 Cr. Cr, Cr. 4 - 5 6 - - 4 5 5 6 10 SENIOR I II I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 4 - 5-6 5-6 4 - - - - 5 4 - 4 4-5 4 Term I n m Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Philosophy 99 Philosophy Elective Electives PHYSICS MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of Physics. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language Wath. 14 or 40 Mathematics 41. 42 History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Physics 21, 22, 23 Mathematics 43 Mathematics 58 Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22 or Sconomics 22 Philosophy 21 Term - - 5 Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr Cr. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Physics 61 Physics 51. 52 ath he ma tics 83. 84, 85 Art 1 or Music 30 Physics 62, 63 Physics 77 Electives Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. Reliigon Physics 81, 82 Physics 77 Speech 11 or Literature Electives POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Political Science. Term FRESHMAN I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 History 3 phi lo so ah^ 21 Math. or - ~ a t u r a lScience Sociology 11 Political Sci. 20, 21 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term SOPHOMORE I I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Art 1 or Music 30 Sociology 61. 62 - 4 - 5-6 5-6 - - 5 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 politic& kci. 22, 50 Camputer Science 45 History 21, 22 5 5 Term JUNIOR ~ o r s g nLanguage Political Sci. 60 Political Sci. 80, 81, 84 Economics 22. 23 I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. 4 - 5 4 4 4 4 - 5 - 4 4 - 5 Term SENIOR I I1 I11 Cr. - - 4 4 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion ~oliSicai Sci. 51. 62 Political Sci. 70, 71 Foreign Language Electives ~iferature Elective PSYCHOL,OGY MAJOR Term FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Electives I Term I1 I11 Cr. -. . Cr. - - . Cr. -- - - 4 5 5 5 5 - SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Speech 11 or Literature Psychology 5 Electives Term JUNIOR I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Foreign Language Sociology 61 Psvcholoev 59 ~s$cholog$ 64 Psychology 61, 62 Psychology Electives I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I 11 I11 SENIOR Religion Psychology Psychology Psychology Psychology Electives Cr. Cr. Cr. 81 99 91 Elective 0 RELIGION MAJOR ' FRESHMAN I Term I1 rII Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Natural Science or Math. History 1, 2 Sociology 11 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Philosophy Foreign Language Psychology 5 Electives SOPHOMORE I Term IIm Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 21 Religion Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Philosophy 21 Electives I Term 11 m Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 - - 4 6 SENIOR Religion Religion 86 Literature Sociology Electives Term Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 4 - O SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Modern Languages. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Scand. 1. 2 2, or 3 History I, Natural Science or Math. Soziology 11 H. P.E. 1. 2. 3 Term I 11 - - 4 - SOPHOMORE - Religion 21 Scand. 5, 6 Scand. 55 Scand. 26 Scand. 25 Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~conomics'22 H. P.E. 10. Art 1 or Music 30 - - - 4 5-6 5-6 1/3 1/3 1/3 I Relieinn -. --.. -. Psychology 5. Education 50. Education 52. 53. 54. Education 59* ~cand.-l2 Philosophy 21 Scand. 74 Scand. 62 Electives m Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 - Term II ITI Cr. Cr Cr. SENIOR Religion Education 84. Education 83' Education 87' ---- Term I I I Cr. Cr. Cr. - - 5 - 5 - 4 - - I Term II n I Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - 10 - 5 - Stand. 84 Scand. 99 Electives ' Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses. SECRETARIAL WORK The first year of the following program provides preparation for certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business Education. A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program. A student in the two-year program must select three courses from the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits. ~ I FIRST YEAR Religion 11 English 11, 12 Business Ed. 1 Business Ed. 50 Business Ed. 21, 22 Business Ed. 53 Business Ed. 10 Electives H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 Term 11 I11 I Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 2 - 5 - - - 4 4 - - - 5 4 SECOND YEAR Religion 21 Psychology 5 Soeech 11 ~ G s i c e s sAd. 1. 2 Business Ed. 63 Business Ed. 8 Electives I Term I1 III Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 5 - SEMINARY Completion omf the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The following pro:gram gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the freshman year. Term I ~ n g i k h11. 12 History 1. 2. 3 Foreign Lanmage* S o c i o l o ~11 H. P.E. 1 . 2 3 I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - - 4 5 4 4 4 5 - 4 5 - 1/3 1/3 1/3 SOPHOMORE Term I Religion 21 Natursl Science or Math. Foreign Language Philosophy 21 Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Art 1 or Music 30 Electives Term JUK?OR I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Philosophy 41. 42, 43 Speech 11 Electives 4 - - 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 - 8 8 - - I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Greek Literature Electives 4 4 4 4-5 4 12 - - 16 Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college., SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits in each of economics, political science, and sociology. The following program includes the requirements for a teaching major in the social sciences. Term FRESHMAN I Term I1 111 SOPHOMORE Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1. 2. 3 Sociology 11 Economics 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 5 - - 4 4 - - - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - Religion 21 Foreign Language History 21, 22 Philosophy 21 Psychology 5 Natural Science or Math. I - - - 4 5 5 - I I1 I11 SENIOR Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 50 Education 52. 53. 54 Education 59 Art 1 or Music 30 Geography 14 Political Sci. 20, 22 H. P.E. 10 Economics 23 History - 5 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term JUNIOR I1 111 Cr Cr. Cr. 5 4 4 5 5 - - - 4 0 0 0 - - 5 4 - - 4 4 5 5 4 4 - - - - 5 4 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. Religion Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 sociology 12 Speech 11 or Literature History History 95 Electives - 4 - - 4 - - - 4 - - 3- - 4 4 4 ' A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least 29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR The following program is recommended for students who plan to study sociology in graduate school. FRESHMAN Religion 11 Enelish 11. 12 ~o;eign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11, 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 - - - 4 - 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr. Cr. SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Natural Science or Math. Foreign Language Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 41. 42, 43 Electives SENIOR Religion Sociology 75. Sociology 82, 83 Sociology 91* Electives Relieion phil;sophy 63 Sociology 31 Sociology 61,* 62* Psychology 5 Speech 11 Electives Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 5 - Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. - 4 - * Required for the major. SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Sociology. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11, 12 Foreign Language History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11. 12 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P E . 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 - 4 5 5 5 - - 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - I Term I1 I11 SOPHOMORE Religion 21 Foreign Language Natural Science or Math. Speech 11 or Literature Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or Economics 22 Philosophy 21 Sociology 42. 43 Elective SENIOR C-. r . C-. r C-r. . Religion Sociology 5l.* 52.*. 53' Socioloev 54." 55.* 56" s o c i o l o ~ +61" Psychology 5. Sociology 31 Electives - 4 1 4 4 1 - 4 1 Term I I1 111 Cr. Cr. Cr. Relizion Sociology 75. 82 Psvcholoev 61. 62 Term I I1 I11 Cr Cr Cr. - - 4 Required for the major SPANISH MAJOR See under Curriculum for French major SPEECH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of Speech. FRESHMAN Religion 11 English 11. 12 Foreign ~ a n g u a g e History 1, 2, or 3 Sociology 11 Art 1 or Music 30 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3 JUNIOR Religion Speech 61 Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22 or ~ c o n o m i c s22 Speech 60 Speech 51, 55 Education 50 Educztion 52. 53. 54 Education 59 H. P.E. 10 Electives Term - ..--. I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 5 4 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 1/3 1/3 1/3 - - - -- - - ---*-* SOPHOMORE Religion 21 ForGgn Language Speech 11 Natural Science or Math. Philosophy 21 Philosouhv 23 speech*i i o r 52 Speech 32 Psychology 5 I1 I11 4 4 -- Term I I1 I11 Cr. Cr. Cr. 4 - - 5 - - SENIOR Religion S ~ e e c h16 or 67 speech 66 Education 84 Education 83 Education 87 Electives -- c r , Cr. Cr. L, 6 I - 6 - 6 Term I I1 n I Cr. Cr.. Cr. 4 - - PERSONNEL Officers of the Board m .................... . . . . . . . Chairman THE BOARD Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg OF REGENTS Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-chairman Dr. Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co. Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota Vice President, Plastics, Inc. Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety, University of Minnesota Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota Professor, St. Olaf College The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northwestern National Bank Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood ADMINISTRATION Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College Burton P. Fosse .............. Vice President for Business Affairs Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Development Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women Mildred Joel ................ Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development Jeroy Carlson .................... Director of Alumni Relations Richard Holy ..................... Director of Church Relations Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations John Bostrom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Publications and Sports Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations and Convocations Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Mrs. Elaine Swanson ................ Director of Food Services John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Campus Pastor Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Book Store Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Student Activities PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C. Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota Batzli Electric Company Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, A. D. Strong Company Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, First National Bank Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota President, Warner Hardware Company Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice President, Northern States Power Company Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington President, Elling Halvorson, Inc. Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, The Knutson Companies, Inc. Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota President, Minneapolis Gas Company Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa President, First National Bank Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota Homemaker Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York President, Gilbert Systems, Inc. Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc. Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc. Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota President, Apache Corporation Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota Vice President, Honeywell, Inc. Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio President, 0. G . Sandbo Company The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota Judge of the District Court General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc. Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota Midland National Bank Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co. Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota Physician and Surgeon COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse, Fagerlie President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien, Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe, R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel, Miss Joel Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson, Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M. Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker, E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren, Holum *Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel *Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley *Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson *Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemmer, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Mortensen * Joint Student-Faculty Committees 0 THE FACULTY Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960. Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry B.CH.E,, 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota. Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave 1967-68) B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education, Basketball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. *Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. *Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964. Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963. Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota. *Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia. John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University. *William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University af Minnesota. *Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University. *Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota. Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961. Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University, 1952. *Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59. Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho. Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967. Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University of Minnesota. Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929. '"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935. Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale University Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research Center with rank of Associate Professor B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1964. '"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B., Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940. Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949. Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave 1967-68) B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or omf English B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota. Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota. Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany. "Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of Music, 1955. Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development B.A., Augsburg College, 1950. Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University. Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone Laborato'ries, Inc., 1950. Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960; Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967. Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male Chorus (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966. Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- ) B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1947. Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota. William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1,964. *Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957. Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967. Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with rank of Assistant Professor B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948. Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950. Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. *Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964. Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation. *Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice) B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota. Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963. Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962. Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant Professor of Psychology B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1966. John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954. 'kRichard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and Economics B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967. Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964. James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967. Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. *Irene Khin Khm Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of History B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University, 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. "Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o'f Associate Professor B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947. Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education B.A., Concordia Co'llege, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington. Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant Professor B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959. James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music, 1958. *Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950. Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955. Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University o'f Minnesota, 1959. Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia, 1962. Grace E. Kemmer (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959. '"Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944. Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota. '"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967. Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930, University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960. (on leave 1967- ) Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota. Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951. David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry B.A., Augsburg College, 1964. *Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1962. Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961. Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women--Associate Dean of Students B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950. Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesuta, 1964. *Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ) B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947. *August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia. Gerda Mortensm (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University, 1928. John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61. Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938. Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Hofstra University, 1964. Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education, Football and Baseball Coach B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947. Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity School, 1965. Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964. *John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in Music (Brass) B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1963. Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965, Indiana University. David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965. Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary, 1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963. Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota. Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. *Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago. Karlis Ozoliis (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963. *Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan, 1952. Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957. Anne Pederson (1932-44,1946), Professor of English B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education for Women B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University, 1954. Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966. Martin Quanbeck (1938), Protessor of Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological Seminary. Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960. Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954; M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. '''Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965. Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943; L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965. Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964. A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music, 1963. Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68) B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961. Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962. '"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics B.A., Oberlin College, 1964. George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950. James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967. *Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology *Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota. Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado. Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958. *Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University of Minnesota. *Rolf K. Tedefalk (1967), Instructor in Business Administration Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium, Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964. Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave 1967-68) B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958. Neal 0. Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965. John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music. *Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano) B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota. *E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Profess,or d English B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953. Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940. *Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955. Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967. *Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945. Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958. *David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages A.B., Augustana College, 1956. Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services B.A., Augsburg College, 1965. "'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration B.B.A., University of Minnesota, *Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School, 1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963. *Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice) B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964. '''Loren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director, Academic Town Meeting B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958. :&JohnW. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962. *Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964. Warley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages *Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern Languages *Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog Librarian B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963. David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology :!:Paul H. Zirnmerman (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health and Physical Education B.A., Augsburg College, 1966. * Part-time faculty ::* :*,:: Ahlson, Margaret Ann . Williston, N. Dak Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . Paynesuille Anderson, Barbara Ellen . . . . . . . . Benson Andersoq Carol Louise . . . Minneapolis Andersoq D a ~ dElbert . . . . Grossion Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale Anderson, Janet Marie . , , . St Paul Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . Climaz Anderson, Karen Ann . . Bnd<cr. iu Anderson, Mary Kay .. . . , Rcd R'imc Andreasen, John Gabriel . . t-'irrquc. TVis, Arlf Nancy Jean